Celebrity Guest Recipes
Peggy Flemings Creamed Chicken and Artichoke Hearts
Bake chicken at 325 for 1 hour.
8 tbsp. butter
5 tbsp. chopped shallots
1 ½ cups dry white wine
8 tbsp. flour
4 cubes of chicken bouillon
3 ½-4 cups of milk
½ to 1 tsp. chopped tarragon
2 cups of half and half cream
1/8 tsp. white pepper
¼ tsp. salt
12 cooked chicken breasts (chopped into pieces)
Pastry shells
2-3 jars artichoke hearts
Process
Saute butter and shallots in skillet. Add wine and boil away excess. Add flour and cook for 3 minutes. Add bouillon cubes. Add milk. Add tarragon. Add half-and-half and salt and pepper. Add in chopped chicken. Stir mixture. Pour into 9 x 13 casserole dish. Place sliced artichokes on top. Sprinkle a little paprika on top for color. Bake 1 hour at 325 degrees. Serve warm over puff pastry shells. Serves 4-6.
A long-time friend (whose husband did his residency with Greg in San Francisco and is the 49ers doctor) served this for brunch one Sunday. She was kind enough to teach me her creation. Peggy Fleming
Cocktail Of The Week
An Illicit Affair With Steve beal
AN ILLICIT AFFAIR
2 oz. Raspberry Vodka (Smirnoff® makes one of the best.)
1.75 oz Freshly squeezed orange juice
1.75 oz Cranberry Juice
Shake all ingredients with ice and strain into an ice-filled glass. Garnish with and orange wheel or slice. Flourish with a few fresh raspberries.
Bloody Mary With Steve Beal
1 1/2 oz premium vodka (I like kettle One® or Smirnoff ®) Gin works well too.
3 oz tomato juice
1 dash lemon juice, salt & pepper
1/2 tsp Worcestershire sauce
2 - 3 drops Tabasco® sauce
1 lime wedge
Garnish: Celery stick (traditional) Vegies.
Shake all ingredients (except lime wedge) with ice and strain into an old-fashioned glass over ice cubes. Add salt and pepper to taste. Add the wedge of lime and serve.
Serving suggestion: Garnish with pickled veggies such as green beans, asparagus, etc. Skewered veggies, cocktail shrimp and seafood. Serve a “Bloody Mary Buffet” and let your guests concoct their own libations and garnish their own with appetizer garnishes.
The origin of the Bloody Mary, like many popular cocktails somewhat disputed. One claim states that it was originally created by George Jessel around 1939. Lucius Beebe, in his gossip column "This New York" (New York Herald Tribune, December 2, 1939, page 9), printed what is believed to be the first reference to this drink, along with the original recipe: "George Jessel’s newest pick-me-up which is receiving attention from the town’s paragraphers is called a Bloody Mary: half tomato juice, half vodka."
Frenchman Fernand Petiot corroborates that George Jessel first created the drink and name, and that he (Petiot) merely added the spices to the plain vodka and tomato juice drink. From the New Yorker Magazine, July 1964:
“I initiated the Bloody Mary of today,” he told us. “Jessel said he created it, but it was really nothing but vodka and tomato juice when I took it over. I cover the bottom of the shaker with four large dashes of salt, two dashes of black pepper, two dashes of cayenne pepper, and a layer of Worcestershire sauce; I then add a dash of lemon juice and some cracked ice, put in two ounces of vodka and two ounces of thick tomato juice, shake, strain, and pour. We serve a hundred to a hundred and fifty Bloody Mary’s a day here in the King Cole Room and in the other restaurants and the banquet rooms.”
The epithet "Bloody Mary" is associated with a number of historical (particularly Queen Mary I of England) and fictional women, especially from folklore. It is believed that inspiration for the cocktail was the Hollywood star Mary Pickford who earlier had a similar cocktail consisting of rum, Grenadine and Maraschino named after her.
In 1934, the cocktail was called "Red Snapper" at the St. Regis Hotel, where Petriot was hired at the time. It was here that tabasco sauce was added to the drink, and the name "Bloody Mary" eventually won popularity. In the 1960s it became popular to serve the cocktail with celery due to a guest at The Pump Room at the Ambassador East Hotel in Chicago. The name likely refers to the blood-like color of the cocktail.
Brandy Alexander Ice Cream With Steve Beal
Brandy Alexander Ice Cream
• 5 egg yolks
• 1 cup sugar
• 2 tablespoons plain flour
• 1 1/2 cups milk
• 1 1/2 cups heavy cream
• 4 tablespoons Godiva Chocolate Liqueur
• 4 tablespoons brandy (try Johnnie Walker Gold Label Scotch for a “Golden” version.
Mixing instructions:
Whisk egg yolks, sugar and flour together until pale and thick. Place milk and cream in a heavy saucepan and heat until very hot, but do not allow to boil. Stir constantly to prevent scorching. Whisk the milk mixture into egg mixture and return mixture to saucepan. Cook, stirring constantly, until mixture coats the back of a metal spoon. Cool. Stir in remaining ingredients.
Pour into glass bowl, cover and chill in the refrigerator or freezer for at least three hours.
The alcohol in the mixture will slow the freezing process and the ice cream will be very soft. For a firmer product, make a day ahead and place the bowl with the freshly made ice cream back in the freezer, allowing it to firm up overnight.
To make the ice cream, pour the chilled mixture into the frozen bowl of an ice cream maker and freeze according to the manufacturer´s instructions. Makes about a quart. Serve with shaved chocolate.
Brandy Alexander With Steve Beal
BRANDY ALEXANDER / the Golden Alexander
1 1/2 oz brandy
1 oz dark crème de cacao or Godiva Chocolate Liqueur
1 oz half-and-half
1/4 tsp grated nutmeg
In a shaker half-filled with ice cubes, combine the brandy, crème de cacao, and half-and-half. Shake well. Strain into a cocktail glass and garnish with the nutmeg.
A true classic Cocktail of the 1950’s - The Brandy Alexander was based on an earlier cocktail called the “Alexander” which calls for gin rather than brandy and light rather than dark crème de cacao. Several gents named Alexander have laid claim, but without verification.
The Golden Alexander calls for 1 ½ oz of Johnnie Walker Gold Label Scotch Whisky rather than brandy and is garnished with shave chocolate or edible gold leaf flakes. A real celebration chocolate cocktail…
More Fun…. Try this great dessert.
Champagne Cocktails With Steve Beal
CHAMPAGNE COCKTAILS
The Champagne Cocktail almost defines what the term “cocktail” is all about and has been around longer than the term itself. Basically, it amounts to any cocktail in which Champagne is the principal ingredient. There are about 700 notable Champagne Cocktails. Google gives over 153000 references.
Some of my favorites:
Buck’s Fizz or Mimosa
1 oz freshly squeezed orange juice in a flute, topped with Champagne.
Kir Royale
1/2 oz Creme de Cassis or Framboise topped with 2-3 oz of Brut Champagne poured down the side of a spoon, allowing the liqueur is remain in the bottom of the flute glass at the time it is served, then “swizzeled”.
French 75 (Gin) / French 76 (Vodka)
1 oz premium gin (Tanqueray ® ) or Vodka (Ciroc ® snap frost grape French vodka), 1/2 oz freshly squeezed lemon juice, 1/4 oz simple syrup – shaken with ie and strained into a Champagne flute – Top with Brut Champagne
French Pear Brandy Champagne Cocktail for Four.
1/4 cup sugar
1/4 cup plus 4 teaspoons French pear brandy (Recommended: Poire William )
2 2/3 cups chilled champagne
1 Seckle or small Bosc pear
In a small saucepan, heat sugar and 1/4 cup pear brandy over moderate heat until sugar is dissolved, about 5 minutes. Remove pan from heat and cool syrup. Spoon 1 1/2 tablespoons syrup into each of 4 champagne glasses and add 1 teaspoon pear brandy to each glass. Add 2/3 cup champagne to each glass and stir well. Cut pear lengthwise into thin slices and add 1 slice to each cocktail.
A Gourmet Magazine favorite of mine, courtesy of the Food Network® “Cooking Live” – Episode: All About Pears.
Christmas Cocktails With Steve Beal
Christmas Cocktails
Classic Egg Nog
1/2 litre Rum, dark (Steve recommends Myer’s® or Captain Morgan® )
1 qt. Cream (Half and Half is an “OK” substitute)
1/4 tsp. Allspice
1/2 tsp. Cinnamon
1/4 tsp. Nutmeg
1 lb. Sugar, brown
2 whole Eggs
1/4 Cup Premium Vanilla Extract
1 pint Whipped cream
Make sure rum, whipping cream and Half-and-Half are very cold before you start.
Pour whipping cream into a large (punch) bowl. Whip until it starts to thicken. Add two large eggs. Whip until mixed. Add 1 quart of Cream, plus vanilla and rum. Mix well. Sprinkle cinnamon, allspice and nutmeg. Mix very lightly. Using a cup or dipper, pour into old-fashioned glasses and serve. Garnish with shaved nutmeg.
This Christmas favorite began to be popular in the Victorian era. Undoubtedly rum was the original ingredient. Locals substituted their own favorite alcohol. You can substitute Scotch, Bourbon or Irish Whisky or use all four – in moderation
Great idea – use the left over to make the best French toast the next morning –great on Christmas Morning!
The Buck’s Fizz – The Official Cocktail of Christmas Morning
In Merry Old England – where they don’t have a Thanksgiving Day to indulge themselves, The honor is reserved for Christmas. It was so well celebrated that the day after Christmas, “Boxing Day”, is also now a legal holiday.
Every Christmas Day begins with a “Buck’s Fizz” in celebration of what lies ahead for the day.
The drink is named after London´s Buck´s Club where it was invented, and first served, by one of its barmen, Mr. McGarry, in 1921. Buck´s Fizz is the English version of the French Mimosa cocktail, and predates the Mimosa by many years.
Sometimes, where real Champagne is not available or cannot be afforded, a sparkling white wine or perry is used in its place. The nick name also is said to refer to the popularity of this drink at the Royal residence, Buckingham Palace – aka – “Buck House” to the locals.
2 to 4 oz. very cold and freshly squeezed orange juice
Served in a Champagne flute
Topped with very cold Champagne – the “fizz” will rise to the top.
You can make a health or non-alcoholic version of the Buck’s Fizz using sparkling water or cider…
White Christmas (courtesy of www.cocktail.com)
1 oz Stoli vanil
1/2 oz Godiva white chocolate liqueur
1/2 oz peppermint schnapps
Combine in mixing glass with ice; stir and strain into chilled martini glass.
Served at the Oak Bar in the Fairmont hotel, Boston, Massachusetts
Cosmopolitan With Steve Beal
COSMOPOLITAN
1 oz Premium Vodka (Ciroc or Kettle One)
1/2 oz triple sec or orange liqueur such as Grand Marnier
1/2 oz fresh lime juice
1/2 oz cranberry juice (or fresh red fruit juice or puree)
Shake vodka, triple sec, lime and cranberry juice vigorously in a shaker with ice. Strain into a martini glass, garnish with a lime wedge on the rim, and serve.
The history of the Cosmo is really a mystery, steeped in urban legends and probably lies. The odds are that the Cosmo originated from its kissing cousins the Cape Cod(der) and the Kamikaze The Cape Cod is vodka and cranberry juice while the Kamikaze simply vodka, triple sec and lime juice. Nice to drink but not much to look at. Certainly not pretty. Put them together in a chilled martini glass with a lime wheel an you’ve got a whole other thing going for you. Just ask the girls on Sex and the City.
So what makes a good Cosmopolitan? Generally, a Cosmopolitan is made of two parts premium vodka, one part cranberry juice, one part orange liqueur and a dash of lime juice and/or a lime wedge. An error in measurement, however, can ruin the whole lot.
Daiquiri With Steve Beal
DAIQUIRI “The Natural” (Classic Recipe)
2 oz Light or Aged Rum (I prefer Myers ® or the lighter Brazilian Oronoco ® )
1/2 oz Freshly squeezed lime juice
1/4 oz Sugar Syrup ( 2 parts sugar to 1 part water)
1/2 oz Chilled mineral water (omit if the ice is wet)
Shake the ingredients with ice chips until very cold, strain into a well chilled cocktail glass, preferably footed. Garnish with a lime wedge on the rim. Some hardened Daiquiri lovers love theirs in a bucket on the rocks.
There are literally dozens of variations to this great cocktail which has been attributed to an American mining engineer working in Santiago, Chile, in 1896. His name was Jennings Cox.
An original “natural” Daiquiri is shaken, not blended. The subtle flavors fill the mouth with a luscious liquid elixir. Beware of the frozen Daiquiri!
Like the Margarita, people like to experiment with substituting and enhancing flavors. Some popular substitute enhancers include:
Green Chartreuse
Cane juice syrup Pomegranate/Grenadine Syrup
Maraschino syrup or liqueur Bitters
Triple Sec, Grand Marnier, Cointreau Orgeat (almond syrup) / Amaretto
Prepared sweetened lime juice cordial Honey
Death By Chocolate With Steve beal
DEATH BY CHOCOLATE
1 oz. Ketel One Vodka
1.5 oz. Baileys Irish Crème Liqueur
1 oz. Dark Chocolate Godiva Liqueur
3 scoops premium chocolate ice cream (use the best!)
1 small pinch of salt.
Blend all ingredients with two scoops of crushed ice and serve in a “Hurricane” glass. Garnish with a Cadbury flake bar or shaved chocolate. Serve with a straw.
Dessert Cocktails With Steve beal
Dessert Cocktails
Try a nice little liquid gem instead of a heavy dessert. Serve with small cookies, chocolates, mints as an accompaniment.
DEATH BY CHOCOLATE
1 oz. Ketel One Vodka
1.5 oz. Baileys Irish Crème Liqueur
1 oz. Dark Chocolate Godiva Liqueur
3 scoops premium chocolate ice cream (use the best!)
1 small pinch of salt.
Blend all ingredients with two scoops of crushed ice and serve in a “Hurricane” glass. Garnish with a Cadbury flake bar or shaved chocolate. Serve with a straw.
THE STRAWBERRY ÉCLAIR
½ oz. hazelnut liqueur
½ oz. Crème de Fraise (Strawberry) liqueur
¼ ox Freshly squeezed lime juice
Shake the ingredients with ice and strain into an aperitif shot glass. This is a tiny elegant “parting shot” popular in Australia.
THE VELVET HAMMER
1.5 oz Ketel One Vodka
¾ oz Orange liqueur
1 oz. White Chocolate Liqueur (Godiva®, of course.)
1 oz. Heavy Cream
¼ oz. Grenadine/pomegranate syrup or Crème de Frambois
Shake ingredients vigorously with ice and strain into a well-chilled martini glass. Garnish with freshly shaved nutmeg or chocolate.
Gin Fizz and its fancy cousin Tom Collins) With Steve Beal
Gin Fizz
2 oz Premium Gin – Tangueray / Gordon’s
Juice of ½ lemon
1 tsp superfine sugar (or simple syrup)
Top with seltzer or club soda
Shake gin, juice of lemon, and powdered sugar with ice and strain into a highball glass over two ice cubes. Fill with carbonated water, stir, and serve.
The Gin Fizz stems from the 19th century and is a “sour” based cocktail with the addition of soda water. When soda water became widely available, and popular, bartenders obviously used it to provide new tastes and experiences for their guests. The nice thing about soda water is that it is effervescent and helps to release the aromatic aromas from the gin, or whatever spirit you are drinking. By taking a basic gin sour and adding the soda water, this cocktail became a new and interesting variation. Its cousin, the Tom Collins is a fancier, festive version, originally made with ‘Old Tom’ Gin. Think of it as gin and fizzy lemonade with a garnish.
Tom Collins.
2 oz Premium Gin – Tangueray / Gordon’s
1 oz Juice of Lemon
1 tsp superfine sugar (or simple syrup)
3 oz seltzer or club soda (top off)
Garnish: a maraschino cherry and an orange slice
In a shaker half-filled with ice cubes, combine the gin, lemon juice, and sugar. Shake well. Strain into a ‘Collins’ glass (10 oz, tall, thin) almost filled with ice cubes. Add the club soda. Stir and garnish with the cherry and the orange slice.
There’s no person in cocktail history named Tom Collins. However, there was a John Collins. He was the headwaiter at a London hotel in the early 19th century, and the drink of the day, gin punch was originally named for him—though not created by him. According to cocktail historian and my pal Dr. Dave Wondrich, the recipe for a similar gin punch was circulating around London at the time. The name changed when the ‘Old Tom’ brand of gin was used to make the drink.
Halloween Cocktails With Steve Beal
Halloween Cocktails…
“Hallow ‘een” is the night before All Hallows Eve on which many Christians celebrate the Feast of The Faithful Departed (November 1); in Hispanic culture, know as Dia De Los Muertos (Day of the Dead) which is itself the night before the Feast of All Saints (November 2). It’s a special evening celebrated by many people with many customs.
It’s one of those holidays when everyone is in super celebration mode – so let’s add another custom, that of enjoying our celebratory cocktails responsibly!!!
I’ve included some easy, great tasting, quality cocktails. These come from Cocktail.com. There are a lot of great resources on the internet such as theBar.com, etc.
Demon Possession
1 oz citrus vodka (Steve recommends Ketel One ® Citron)
1 oz light rum (try Myer’s® light)
1/4 oz Blue Curacao
Fill with lemonade
In a shaker, combine alcoholic ingredients with ice. Strain into chilled highball glass filled with crushed ice and garnish with a cherry.
Courtesy, cocktail.com, Key Largo, Florida USA
Skeleton
1/2 oz white rum (Steve recommends Myer’s® or Oronoco®)
1/2 oz sour apple vodka (Smirnoff® has a nice clean, real apple flavor.)
Fill with lemon-lime seltzer
Pour rum and vodka into rocks glass filled with crushed ice. Top off with 7-up®.
Courtesy, cocktail.com, Key Largo, Florida USA
The Cannibal
1 oz premium tequila (Steve recommends Jose Cuervo Tradicional® 100 percent pure agave Tequila.)
2 oz white grape juice or white cranberry grape juice
2-5 drops grenadine and/or garnish with pomegranate seeds.
Combine tequila and juice in a shaker with ice. Pour into rocks glass and top with droplets of grenadine.
Courtesy, cocktail.com, Key Largo, Florida USA
Hob Goblin
1 ½ oz. Bulleit Bourbon
¼ oz Vanilla Vodka (Steve recommends Smirnoff® )
Dash Melon Liqueur
Stir or shake Bourbon and Vanilla vodka with ice, pour into a cocktail glass and dash the green melon liqueur on the top. If you’re really brave, garnish with a pickled chicken foot available at many Chinese markets in larger urban areas.
Courtesy, Tom Turner, Master of Whisky, Las Vegas
Soylent Green
1 1/2 oz. vodka
1 oz. blue curacao
4 oz orange juice
Pour ingredients into collins glass with ice.
Submitted by Jack, Little Rock, AR, USA at www.cocktail.com
Hot Passion With Steve beal
HOT PASSION (A passionate variation on a classic Madras.)
1 oz. Passion Fruit liqueur
1 oz. Ultra Premium Vodka (such as Ciroc® or Ketel One ® )
2 oz. Cranberry juice.
2 oz. Freshly squeezed orange juice.
Shake ingredients together and strain into an ice-filled Collins glass and garnish with a maraschino cherry.
Irish Coffee With Steve beal
IRISH COFFEE / Gaelic Coffee
1 oz – 1.5 oz Premium Irish Whiskey (Bushmills “Original” was the first to be used.)
Top up with premium hot coffee.
I sugar cube.
Float freshly whipped cream.
Very simple. Drop the sugar cube in the glass, add the whiskey, top with the whipped cream and garnish with 3 coffee beans (modern addition).
Credit for the Irish Coffee is always given to Joe Sheridan, a bartender at Foynes Airport (near modern day Shannon airport.) San Francisco newspaper columnist, Stanton Delaplane, returning from a trip to Europe in 1947, sampled the drink while waiting for his delayed flight to the US. At home, he shared the recipe with a favorite bartender at The Buena Vista, a local hangout at the wharf. From there it became a classic and a favorite the world over. The original Irish Coffee was made with Old Bushmills® Irish Whiskey – today known as Bushmills Original ®
Irish Latte With Steve beal
IRISH LATTE
2 oz, Baileys Irish Cream Liqueur
In your favorite Café Latte
Long Island Ice Tea (“Top Shelf” as served in the Hamptons) With Steve Beal
1 part vodka (Smirnoff®)
1 part tequila (Cuervo Tradicional ®)
1 part rum (Myer’s ®)
1 part gin (Tanqueray ®)
1 part triple sec (Grand Marnier ®)
1 1/2 parts fresh sweet and sour mix
1 splash Coca-Cola®
Measure ingredients carefully to insure proper flavor and then mix together in the serving glass over ice. Pour the Contents into a shaker over and give one brisk shake. Pour back into the glass and make sure there is a touch of froth at the top. Garnish with lemon.
Please drink and serve responsibly! This drink has a much higher alcohol concentration (~28%) than most highballs because of the proportionally small amount of mixer.
The Long Island Iced Tea is a “highball” made with, among other ingredients, vodka, gin, tequila, and rum. A popular variation mixes equal parts vodka, gin, rum, tequila, and triple sec with 1 1/2 parts sour mix with a splash of cola. Close variants often replace the sour mix with sweet and sour mix or with lemon juice, and the cola with actual iced tea. Some chain restaurants even take the liberty of substituting brandy for the tequila.
Fans and historians claimed that the drink, like most highballs, was invented during the Prohibition era, as a way of taking the appearance of a non-alcoholic drink (iced tea). It probably dates to the 70´s, named after the USA´s largest island, Long Island, in New York. It was popular among the wealthy summer residents of the Hamptons. Although it doesn´t contain tea, it has a similar taste. The drink sits in the top 5 of most popular cocktails and is regularly mentioned or seen served in television and films
Mai Tai With Steve Beal
MAI TAI
1 oz Meyer’s® light rum
1/2 oz crème de almond or almond liqueur
1/2 oz triple sec
Freshly made sweet and sour
Fresh Pineapple juice
1/2 oz Myer´s® dark rum
Garnish with fresh or an orchid fruit if you like
Classic: Pour light rum, crème de almond and triple sec, in order, into a collins glass. Almost fill with equal parts of fresh sweet and sour and pineapple juice. Add dark rum, a large straw, and serve unstirred.
There are literally hundreds of versions served
The Mai Tai, synonymous with Hawaii, Tahiti and the South Pacific was born at the Trader Vic´s "Polynesian-style" restaurant in Oakland, California in 1944. (Some claim Trader Vic´s Hollywood rival, Don the Beachcomber, created it first back in 1933 at his own bar (later a famous restaurant) in Hollywood. His recipe is more complicated than that of the Trader Vic´s and tastes very different.)
"Maita´i" is the Tahitian word for "good." The spelling of the drink, however, is two words.
The Trader Vic story of its invention is that the Trader (Victor J. Bergeron) created it one afternoon for some friends who were visiting from Tahiti. One of them tasted it and cried out: "Maita´i roa!" (Literally "good very!", figuratively "Out of this world!") — hence the name.
Best place for a Mai Tai – The Beach Bar at the Moana Surfrider on Waikiki.
Manhattan With Steve Beal
MANHATTAN
2 oz straight rye or “high rye” bourbon whiskey (Bulleit Bourbon, with its highest rye content makes a beautiful cocktail)
1 oz sweet vermouth
1 dash of angostura bitters
1 Maraschino cherry
Stir the rye or bourbon, vermouth, and bitters in a pitcher half filled with ice, or shake them with ice; then strain into a chilled cocktail glass. Garnish with a maraschino cherry.
The Manhattan was created in Manhattan, at the Manhattan Club. Some claim that it was concocted in 1874 in honor of Governor William J. Tilden; others theorize that it came to be in 1890 for Supreme Court Justice Charles Henry Truax.
Margarita With Steve Beal
1 1/2 oz premium Tequila (a good one like Don Julio ®, Mexico’s favorite premium Tequila)
1/2 oz triple sec or orange liqueur (preferably Grand Marnier ®or Cointreau ®)*
1 oz fresh squeezed lime juice
Rub the rim of a cocktail glass with lime juice, and dip in salt. Shake all ingredients with ice, strain into the glass, and serve. “On the Rocks”, “Rocks No Salt” “Blended” “Frozen” Any way you want ‘em.
* The “San Francisco Style Margarita” is always made with a super 100% puro de agave premium tequila, fresh limes and a simple syrup made with blue agave nectar. This was popularized at Tommy’s Mexican restaurant under the auspices of Julio Bermejo, the world’s leading Tequila authority. A “Millionaire’s Margarita” calls for super-super premium Tequila such as Don Julio 1942 enhanced with Grand Marnier 150th Anniversary liqueur.
There are more claimants to the title of inventor of the Margarita than to any throne in Europe. Most of them are fantasy. After all, who wouldn’t want to lay claim to one of the world’s most popular cocktails?
What we an say for sure is that in the 1940’s cocktails were the rage. They were the perfect temporary escape from the ravages of a World War, the end of a thirsty long period of prohibition, and the antidote of for the surge of cheap, poor quality booze on the market --- juices, spies, flavors, sodas, all added to enhance flavor and enjoyment.
The favored spirit for king cocktail was Cognac. The problem was that no one could get any. (Phyloxera in France, the Germans in France – twice – America Prohibition, a world wide depression – all had decimated Cognac production.
Great bartenders, rising to the occasion began making their favorite “sour” drinks with whisky, gin, vodka and even Tequila… and some of the great classic cocktails were born.
One very likely story is that of Enrique Bastate Gutierrez, in the early 1940s. Gutierrez, who lived in Tijuana, Mexico, boasted to have created the Margarita as a homage to actress Rita Hayworth, whose real name was Margarita Cansino. Other versions of the story claim the Margarita was indeed named after the actress, but in the 1930s, before she adopted her screen name. As a teenager, Margarita Cansino had worked as a dancer at the Foreign Club, in Tijuana, where she supposedly inspired a bartender, perhaps even Sr. Gutierrez.
Dozens, perhaps hundreds of Ritas would gladly give their name. Let them all have their fifteen ounces of fame, OK?
What is perhaps just as interesting was the quest by the importers of Mexico’s largest Tequila company, Jose Cuervo ®, to create an American market for Tequila in the 1960’s. What better vehicle to deliver Cuervo than the Margarita! What better time than late Spring or Early Summer? But what would be the occasion? They settled on an obscure date in Mexican history – almost forgotten in Mexico in the early 1960’s – Cinco de Mayo, the 5th of May. Often it is mistakenly referred to as Mexican Independence Day (which actually occurs on September 16). The advertising campaign brought a holiday to life and the perfect drink to celebrate it and made the Margarita a permanent part of American culture. Some bartenders all it “Cinco de Cuervo” Ole!
Mint Julep With Steve Beal
MINT JULEP
4-5 fresh mint sprigs
2 1/2 oz Premium Kentucky Straight Bourbon (Bulleit is my favorite.)
1 tsp superfine or powdered sugar
2 tsp water
Muddle mint leaves, powdered sugar, and water in a Collins glass. Fill the glass with shaved or crushed ice and add bourbon. Top with more ice and garnish with a mint sprig. Serve with a straw.
The mint julep is traditionally made of four ingredients: mint, bourbon, sugar and water. In the use of sugar and mint, it is similar to the mojito. In preparing a mint julep, a fresh mint sprig is used primarily as a garnish, to introduce the flavor and aroma through the nose. If mint leaves are used in the preparation, they should just be very lightly bruised, if at all.
My friend Tom Bulleit, Bourbon maker extraordinaire, shared the history with me.
No Kentucky Derby could happen without a Mint Julep. The origins of the mint julep are clouded and may never be definitively known. The first appearance of a mint julep in print came in a book by John Davis published in London in 1803, where it was described as "a dram of spirituous liquor that has mint in it, taken by Virginians in the morning." However, Davis did not specify that bourbon was the spirit used. What is known for certain is that the mint julep originated in the southern United States, probably during the 1700’s. U.S. Senator Henry Clay of Kentucky introduced the drink to Washington, D.C., at the Round Robin Bar in the famous Willard Hotel during his residence in the city.[2] The term ´julep´ is generally defined as a sweet drink, particularly one used as a vehicle for medicine. The word itself is derived from Arabic julâb and Persian gulâb, meaning rosewater.
Traditionally, mint juleps were often served in silver or pewter cups, and held only by the bottom and top edges of the cup. This allows frost to form on the outside of the cup. Traditional hand placement may have arisen as a way to reduce the heat transferred from the hand to the silver or pewter cup. Today, mint juleps are most commonly served in a tall old-fashioned glass, Collins glass, or highball glass with a straw.
Mojito (classic style) With Steve Beal
MOJITO Classic Style
3-4 fresh mint sprigs
2 tsp sugar
3 tbsp fresh lime juice
1 1/2 oz light rum
club soda
In a tall thin glass, crush part of the mint with a fork to coat the inside. Add the sugar and lime juice and stir thoroughly. Top with ice. Add rum and mix. Top off with *chilled* club soda (or seltzer). Add a lime slice and the remaining mint, and serve.
MOJITO National Drink of Cuba hand crafted as presented by “Mr Mojito”
10-15 Fresh Mint Leaves
.75 oz fresh squeezed lime juice (about ½ lime)
.75 oz simple syrup
1.5 oz silver (white) rum (I like Myer’s ® for this. - STB)
1.5 oz chilled club soda
In a mixing glass add mint, lime and simple syrup. With your muddler in hand, press down with force while using a twisting motion. Add ice, rum, club soda and stir well.
Enjoy!
Or, Try its close cousin…
CAIPIRINHA National Drink of Brazil
4 lime wedges (about 1/2 lime)
2 teaspoons granulated or brown sugar
1 1/2 oz Cachacha (a cousin of rum made from fermented cane juice)
Muddle limes and sugar. Add ice and Cachacha. Shake and serve in a glass.
Enjoy.
These fun cocktails, especially refreshing in the Summer, may have a sworded history.
The name “Mojito” certainly comes from a African dialect and the root word, MOJO, which means “place of the spell”. Some stories link it to Pirates, including Sir Francis Drake. Early versions of rum called aguardiente (for strong water) probably need something to make them more drinkable. Mojitos certainly cast their spell. We will never know. the drink now known as the mojito probably originated in Havana sometime in the late 19th century and gained popularity beginning in the 1930s when Havana was the Riviera of the Western Hemisphere.
Old Fashioned With Steve Beal
2 oz premium Kentucky Straight Bourbon whiskey . (My favorite is Bulleit ®.)
1 sugar cube
1 dash bitters
1 slice lemon
1 cherry
1 slice orange
Combine the sugar cube, bitters, and 1 tsp. water in an old-fashioned glass. Muddle well, add blended whiskey, and stir. Add a twist of lemon peel and ice cubes. Add slices of orange and lemon and top with the cherry. Serve with a swizzle stick.
For a great variation, muddle a little orange and lemon slice along with the sugar cube and bitters. Try Super Cocktalian Gary Regan’s brand of bitters. Good Stuff.
The Old Fashioned is a true classic American cocktail, possibly the first drink to be called a cocktail. It is traditionally served in a short, round, 8-12 ounce tumbler-like glass, called an Old-Fashioned glass, named after the drink.
Some claim the first use of the specific name "Old Fashioned" was for a Bourbon whiskey cocktail in the 1880s, at the Pendennis Club, a gentlemen’s club in Louisville, Kentucky. The recipe is said to have been invented by a bartender at that club, and popularized by a club member and bourbon distiller, Colonel James E. Pepper, who brought it to the Waldorf-Astoria Hotel bar in New York City. Others point out that the term was already in use before the Pendennis Club was founded.
The first mention of the definition of the word cocktail occurred 1806. It was was in response to a reader´s letter asking to define the word in the May 6, 1806 issue of The Balance and Columbia Repository in Hudson, New York. In the May 13, 1806 issue, the paper´s editor wrote that it was a potent concoction of spirits, bitters, water, and sugar. This sounds a lot like the recipe for the Old fashioned to me.
Pina Colada With Steve Beal
Piña Colada
3 oz light rum (Myers is my favorite)
3 tbsp coconut cream
3 tbsp crushed pineapples
Put all ingredients into an electric blender with 2 cups of crushed ice. Blend at a high speed for a short length of time. Strain into a Collins glass and serve with a straw. Old-style recipe for this popular drink. The coconut cream needs to have the right consistency, some find the alternative, coconut milk to be too thin, however you can add condensed milk to coconut milk to bring up its thickness. Add pineapple juice if desired.
The Piña Colada is a favorite Caribbean cocktail. It is to Florida and the Caribbean what the Mai Tai is to Hawaii. The earliest reference to a drink called a Piña Colada containing rum, coconut cream and pineapple juice, occurred in the April 16, 1950, edition of the New York Times:
"Drinks in the West Indies range from Martinique´s famous rum punch to Cuba´s pina colada (rum, pineapple and coconut milk). Key West has a variety of lime swizzles and punches, and Granadians use nutmeg in their rum drinks."
The earliest known reference to a drink specifically called a Piña Colada is from TRAVEL magazine, December 1922:
"But best of all is a piña colada, the juice of a perfectly ripe pineapple -- a delicious drink in itself -- rapidly shaken up with ice, sugar, lime and Bacardi rum in delicate proportions. What could be more luscious, mellower and more fragrant?"
Pisco With Steve beal
Pisco is a type of brandy, made in South America. It’s native to both Chile and Peru where it is regarded as the national drink. The name is probably derived from the name of a Peruvian port city. Pisco, where it either originated or became famous. It is also the name of the conical pottery jar in which it may have been originally aged. Pisco probably dates back the early Spanish settlers of the 16th Century who attempted to recreate the fine Spanish brandies of the day.
It is light in color and has a wonderful nose. It is also a very versatile spirit and can be used interchangeably with brandies, rums, whiskies, Tequilas, vodkas in many types of cocktails. Think Pisco Sour, Pisco Punch, Piscola.
The best Piscos are distilled from fermented Muscat grapes grown in Southwest Peru. Many varieties of sweet wine grapes are used.
PISCO SOUR
The most famous of the great Pisco cocktails…
2 oz. Pisco
1 oz. Freshly squeezed lime juice
½ oz. Simple Syrup
½ Fresh egg white
1 dash of bitters ( about 2 to three droplets as a garnish)
Shake or blend with ice and strain into a well-chilled old fashioned glass and garnish with the bitters.
Wikipedia: The birth of the Pisco Sour is attributed to the English steward of a sailing ship named "Sunshine". In 1872, Elliot Stubb obtained leave to disembark in the port of Iquique, which was a Peruvian city at the time, with the aim of settling in the city and opening a bar. In his bar, he experimented with many aperitifs and drinks, of which a fundamental ingredient was the limon de Pica, a small lime grown in a populated oasis nearby. In order to offer new varieties of alcoholic beverages, the Englishman experimented with many combinations, trying to create pleasant drinks. One day, Stubb mixed pisco with his most valued ingredient, lime, and added a good dose of sugar. Fascinated by the delicious result, he made it the specialty of the house, and dubbed it "sour" for the acid touch which the lime gives it.
In 1883 Iquique became a Chilean city. The Pisco Sour spread to social clubs and bars throughout the port of Iquique, and from there it spread through the country and beyond.
Different variations from the original ingredients contained in pisco sour have been produced within Chile. There can be found in Santiago iconoclastic pisco sour recipes that include Ají Sour (with a spicy green chili), Sour de Campo (with ginger and honey), and Sour Haas (with avocados, pineapple, and mint).[9]
Planters Punch With Steve Beal
PLANTERS PUNCH
1.5 oz Myers Planters Punch Rum (I prefer Myers ® Dark)
1 oz Freshly squeezed lime juice
1/2 oz Sugar Syrup ( 2 parts sugar to 1 part water)
1 oz Chilled mineral water
3 dashes aromatic bitters ( such as Angostura® )
Shake all ingredients with ice and strain into an ice-filled Collins glass. Garnish with an orange slice and a sprig of fresh mint.
This great classic was invented in the late 19th Century by the founder of Myers Rum – so if you want it authentic do it that way – the recipe was on the back of the bottle and know as “the Old Plantation Formula”. Synonymous with “Rum Punch”
Prohibition Cocktails With Steve beal
Prohibition era Cocktails and the “Speakeasy”
• Prohibition (1919-1933)
• Rise of illicit distilling aka “Bootlegging” and smuggling.
• Inferior quality and scarcity of goods leads to creative concoctions (1) extend the supply and (2) improve the drink ability
• Many cocktails of the time were gin-based, because gin flavor covered inferior alcohol flavors common to illicit distilling.
• Vodka was almost unheard of in the US.
• Smirnoff was introduce in 1939 with bottle caps labeled “White Whiskey”
• The rise of a “Cocktail Culture”
• Private, creative entertaining at home.
• The illicit “club scene” and the “Speakeasy”.
• The “Speak Easy” is back – Bourbon & Branch – SF; “Milk & Honey” – NY 311,000 googled this morning.
Prohibition Era background from The great Cocktalian, Gary Regan:
“The Prohibition era, from 1920 until 1933, often is cited as being the time when many cocktails were created. Much of the liquor available in the United States at that time was of poor quality, and it seems obvious that various other ingredients would have been added to the glasses of speakeasy quaffers in order to mask the flavors of bootleg spirits. Although it´s true that a few cocktails were created in the high-end, illegal nightclubs of that time, many more drinks were introduced in Europe during the 1920s and 1930s, where an abundance of ingredients was readily available.
When Prohibition first was enforced in America, many bartenders found themselves out of work. So Europe naturally was an attractive destination for those who could afford to get themselves across the Atlantic, and England, where a similar, if not identical, language was spoken, was more appealing to those who didn´t have command of a second language. Such a man was Harry Craddock, an American bartender at London´s Savoy Hotel during America´s dry years.
"The Savoy Cocktail Book," compiled by Craddock and published in 1930, offers a glimpse of the cocktail world of sophisticated society in London during the Roaring Twenties. It details quite a few drinks created by Craddock to honor various dignitaries or to commemorate important events of that decade. Some of them are well worthy of revival.
Take, for instance, Princess Mary´s Pride Cocktail, a drink designed to mark the wedding of Britain´s Princess Mary in 1922. It is a fairly simple drink to construct. Simply mix two parts Calvados with one part each of dry vermouth and Dubonnet over ice and strain the mixture into a chilled cocktail glass, but the resultant cocktail is incredibly complex and perfect as an aperitif.
Another of Craddock´s masterpieces is the Leap Year Cocktail, a drink that he devised on Feb. 29, 1928. According to the book, it "is said to have been responsible for more proposals than any other cocktail that has ever been mixed." It is a great drink to serve on any day of any year, but it´s also a wonderful specialty drink that bartenders can offer on that once-every-four-years day when leap year next rolls around. Mix together one part each of sweet vermouth and Grand Marnier, add four parts gin and a dash of lemon juice, and shake the mixture vigorously over ice. Strain the drink into a chilled cocktail glass, add a twist of lemon zest as garnish and drink it according to Craddock´s instructions: "Quickly, while it´s laughing at you!"
Some drinks included in Craddock´s book moved him enough to comment on their flavors or supposed effects to expect after imbibing specific cocktails, and those notes not only are humorous but also allow us to savor the language of the era. The Blues Cocktail, for instance, "removes the Blues if you have them and gives you the Blue Devils if you haven´t," according to the maestro. And the Waterbury Cocktail, made with brandy, egg white, lemon or lime juice, sugar and grenadine, is a "stem-winder" if you heed Craddock, but I´m at a loss to figure out exactly what he means by that. It´s probably best left to the imagination.
I´m also unsure what that master mixologist´s rationale is for including some drinks, such as the Angel´s Wings Cocktail, that he obviously didn´t care for. The drink is made with creme de violette, maraschino liqueur and raspberry syrup, and Craddock obviously thought of it as a drink for women. "If the girl doesn´t like it, do not drink it, but pour it quickly into the nearest flower vase," he advises.
And under the recipe for the Thunderclap Cocktail, a vile-sounding mixture made from equal parts brandy, gin and whisky, he notes that after serving the drink, you should run for your life. I think I´ll heed his warning in this case.”
`
PROHIBITION ERA COCKTAILS
THE WHITE LADY
2 oz Premium Gin (Are you ready to Tanqueray?)
1 oz Orange liqueur
1 oz freshly squeezed lemon
1 egg white
Shake all ingredients with ice vigorously and fine strain into a well-chilled martini glass.
This classic is attributed to the famous Harry MavElhone of Harry’s Bar fame, c 1919 London.
THE ORANGE BLOSSOM
1.5 oz Premium Gin (Try Tanqueray Rangpour® made mandarin limes)
3/4 oz Orange liqueur
2 oz Freshly squeezed orange juice
½ oz freshly squeezed lime juice
¼ oz grenadine syrup
Shake all ingredients vigorously with ice and strain into an ice-filled old fashioned glass. Garnish with an orange zest twist.
Ramos Gin Fiz With Steve Beal
RAMOS GIN FIZZ
2 oz Premium Dry Gin such as Tanqueray ®
3/4 oz Milk
3/4 oz Heavy Cream
1/2 oz Freshly squeezed lemon juice
1/2 oz Freshly squeezed lime juice
1/2 oz Sugar Syrup ( 2 parts sugar to 1 part water)
1/4 oz Orange Flower Water
Top off with cold soda water, ideally from a siphon
Vigorously shake the first nine ingredients with chipped ice and strain into a well-chilled Collins glass and top off with soda from a siphon.
The Ramos Gin Fizz is one of the really classic American cocktails. It was the secret recipe of Henry C. Ramos who opened the Imperial Cabinet Bar in New Orleans in 1888. It is a staple of the Fairmont Hotel, New Orleans, since 1935 when the hotel was called the Roosevelt, which has a trademark on the name. Texans like to call it the Texas Fizz.
Sangria With Steve Beal
SANGRIA
Sangria Recipes are the inspiration for many red wine punch styles. Sangria was created in Spain and made popular in the US at the 1964 World´s Fair. It normally has red wine, brandy, and fruit. However, it can be made in just about any style you can imagine.
There are no official recipes for making Sangria – like most “home cooking” such as chili, spaghetti sauce, bar-b-que, everybody has their favorite take.
The key ingredients: Wine, sliced fruit (usually citrus) some fruit juice, a bit of brandy, gin or vodka. Some add some sparkling water, or soda for effervescence
Sangria is based on the traditional red wine punch popular across Europe for hundreds of years. The punch base would be claret, i.e. Bordeaux wine from France. Brandy and fruit would be added to the punch for flavor. In the 1700s and 1800s, Claret Cup Punch could be found at parties of all sizes.
Sangria is the perfect party punch that just about everybody loves! Fresh, fruity, delicious, Sangria can be made in any number of styles from spicy to mild to rich to bubbly. You can make sangria with red wine, white wine, and even sparkling wine.
I found this one on-line from Stacey Slinkard at about.com. It’s a good one so you will want to double the batch… For an excellent non-alcoholic version, substitute white or red grape juice and sparkling water or non-alcoholic wine and forgo the gin.
INGREDIENTS FOR SANGRIA:
• 1 Bottle of red wine (Cabernet Sauvignon, Merlot, Rioja, Zinfandel, Shiraz)
• 1 Lemon cut into wedges
• 1 Orange cut into wedges
• 1 Lime cut into wedges
• 2 Tbsp sugar
• Splash of orange juice
• 2 Shots of gin
• 1 Cup of sliced strawberries or raspberries (may use thawed or frozen)
• 1 Small can of diced pineapples (with juice)
• 4 Cups ginger ale
PREPARATION:
Pour wine in the pitcher and squeeze the juice wedges from the lemon, orange and lime into the wine. Toss in the fruit wedges (leaving out seeds if possible) and pineapple then add sugar, orange juice and gin. For best results chill over night.
Sazerac With Steve Beal
SAZERAC
1 teaspoon absinthe liqueur
1 teaspoon sugar, 1 sugar cube, or 1 teaspoon simple syrup
1 1/2 ounces rye whiskey
3 dashes Peychaud´s Bitters
1 lemon peel twist
Coat a very well-chilled or frozen old fashion glass the absinthe liqueur; coat the entire sides and bottom of the glass. Discard any excess. In an iced filled cocktail shaker, combine sugar, rye whiskey, and bitters. Shake for about 30 seconds. Strain into the very cold old fashion glass. Twist lemon peel over and then drop into the drink.
The quintessential signature cocktail of New Orleans, in my humble opinion is the Sazerac. Antoine Peychaud, a Creole apothecary, is given the credit for first inventing the Sazerac cocktail in the 1830s. He was a chemist who prepared and sold many patent medicines. One, Peychaud´s Bitters, was a proprietary mix of aromatic bitters said to relive his clients´ ailments. (Basically, Stomach bitters were alcohol disguised as medicine. they became extremely popular from 1850 to 1870 due to the liquor tax laws, the popularity of temperance movements, and local restrictions on the liquor trade. )
The popularity of the Sazerac cocktail led to the opening of a large bar in 1852 called the Sazerac Coffee House (coffee house was the term used for drinking establishment in the mid-1800s). The bar had a 125-foot-long bar manned by a dozen bartenders all mixing Sazerac cocktails for patrons. In 1870, Thomas H. Handy purchased the Sazerac Coffee House and also bought out the rights to Peychaud´s Bitters. In the early days, the Sazerac cocktail was made with cognac or brandy, but as American tastes changed, rye whiskey was substituted. This unique cocktail derived it anise scent from absinthe. Beginning in 1912, absinthe was banned in the United States because of its habit-forming quality. Pernod, Herbsaint, or Ricard was substituted in place of absinthe.
The Sazerac cocktail is now associated with the Sazerac Bar at the Fairmont in New Orleans which is where I enjoy them most.
Screwdriver With Steve Beal
1.5 oz Premium Vodka (Smirnoff)
3 oz Fresh Squeezed Orange Juice
Combine vodka and juice; pour into a ‘Collins’ glass (10 oz, tall, thin) almost filled with ice cubes. Garnish as you like.
According to Karen Newman of chow.com, the Screwdriver was allegedly named in the 1950s for oil riggers stationed in the Middle East who used their screwdrivers to stir their drinks. “Allegedly is the key word, because really, who remembers?”
The earliest written reference to the Screwdriver is from the October 24, 1949 issue of Time magazine:
"In the dimly lighted bar of the sleek Park Hotel, Turkish intelligence agents mingle with American engineers and Balkan refugees, drinking the latest Yankee concoction of vodka and orange juice, called a ´screwdriver.´
A screwdriver is a simple and popular all-American cocktail which became popular in the early 1950s, made with Smirnoff vodka and orange juice, both of which were then available nationally for the first time. (Frozen orange juice had just made its debut.) Early versions a dash of Angostura bitters.
Variations…
To make the beverage more palatable sweet liquor is often added.
Another variation occurs when the ratio of the components is switched. When mixed as 1 part orange juice and two parts vodka, it is referred to as a Drivescrewer. The well known Harvey Wallbanger cocktail is a Screwdriver with a splash of Galliano liqueur floated on top. When sloe gin is added as part of the drink. It is referred to as a "sloe screw," or if in a tall glass, a "long sloe screw", used as a pun. Adding Southern Comfort to this creates a "sloe comfortable screw” and Galliano (as in the Wallbanger) a "sloe screw against the wall".
Shamrock Express With Steve beal
SHAMROCK EXPRESS
1.5 oz. cold espresso coffee
¾ oz Butterscotch schnapps
1.5 oz. Premium Vodka (Ketel One®)
1.5 oz Baileys Irish Cream® liqueur
¼ oz. simple syrup (to taste)
Shake all ingredients vigorously and strain into an ice-filled tumbler or old fashioned glass.
Shooters With Steve Beal
Shooters
These little appe-teezers can be a lot of fun and offer an opportunity for creativity and color for any occasion. While a lot of people think of them as an extra opportunity for an additional serving of alcohol, I like to think of them as enhancers, actually liquid hors d’oeuvres.
The most well-known is, of course, the Oyster Shooter the formula for which is very simple:
1 shot glass, 1 small oyster, garnish and ½ oz premium spirits*
Traditionally served with vodka and hot sauce, perhaps with a dash of ch0pped shallots and champagne vinaigrette. Try it with a great smoky single malt Scotch from the Isle of Skye, such as Talisker®
Shooters can be used like mini-cocktails. The can be savory or sweet. Think things like mini Bloody Marys garnished with pickled veggies; mini-Godiva® chocolate Sundays; mini Tequila lime ceviches; mini warm vodka cream clam chowders; Tequila salsa shots with chunky veggies; mini shrip cocktails with a variety of different spirits.
What distinguishes a shooter from a shot is the additional flavors and textures which garnishes and enhancers bring to the experience. The possibilities are endless.
Sidecar With Steve Beal
SIDECAR
2 ounces Premium Cognac, Armagnac or pale brandy. (I like Hennessy V.S. or V.S.O.P)
1 ounce Triple Sec
1 ounce Lemon Juice
Coat the rim of a chilled cocktail glass with sugar. Shake the ingredients with cracked ice and strain into the cocktail glass.
The Sidecar is a classic cocktail traditionally made with Cognac, orange liqueur (Grand Marnier) and lemon juice. Variations use lime juice. It may be a variation on the older Brandy Daisy (brandy, yellow Chartreuse and lemon juice). The earliest mention of sugaring the rim on a Sidecar glass is 1934.
Few agree on who created the first Sidecar, but most concur that it was made for a gentleman whose preferred mode of transportation was a motorcycle sidecar. Many attribute the earliest appearance of this brandy-based classic to Harry’s Bar in Paris in the early 1900s. Some believe but it is thought to have been invented around the end of World War I in either London or Paris.
Tradition has it that a shortage of Cognac (compounded by two German invasions of France, a philoxera epidemic which killed French vineyards and Prohibition in America) lead Sidecar makers to try other spirits. The Margarita and the Whisky Sour were born.
In my opinion the best place to enjoy a sidecar is at BIX in San Francisco where this drink has been truly perfected.
Singapore Sling With Steve Beal
SINGAPORE SLING
2 oz Premium Dry Gin such as Tanqueray ®
1/2 oz Cherry Brandy Liqueur
1/4 oz Benedictine ® Liqueur
1/4 oz Cointreau ® triple sec
1 1/2 oz Freshly squeezed pineapple juice
1/2 oz Freshly squeezed lime juice
1/4 oz Grenadine (Pomegranate) Syrup
2 dashes aromatic bitters and/or orange bitters
Shake with ice and strain into a large, tall, ice-filled “sling” glass. Garnish with a “sail” (Cherry skewered in an orange slice – very traditional.)
Top up with cold club soda water, ideally from a siphon, stir and serve with a straw.
Variations: Many leave out the citrus or the pineapple juice and the grenadine syrup.
The Singapore Sling is a cocktail that was invented by Ngiam Tong Boon for the Raffles Hotel in Singapore sometime between 1910 and 1915. The recipes published in articles about the Raffles Hotel prior to the 1970s are significantly different from the current recipes. There were also different "Singapore Slings"--those drunk in Singapore at large, and the recipe used at the Raffles Hotel. While the recipes around the city varied significantly, the cocktail at the Raffles remained the same. The original recipe used gin, cherry brandy, and Benedictine (most often in equal parts).(1) The drink was shaken and strained into a glass, and then filled to individual taste with club soda. The recipe used by the hotel was the result of recreating the original recipe based on the memories of former bartenders and written notes that they were able to discover.
Try one in Singapore: A premixed Singapore Sling at the Long Bar in the Raffles Hotel, Singapore costs S$24.70 (including a 10% service charge and a 7% Goods/Services Tax) (as of February 26, 2008).
Warning: This is a very strong cocktail. Please enjoy it responsibly.
St Patrick´s Day Cocktails With Steve beal
IRISH COFFEE, Green Drinks, St Paddy’s Day Entertaining.
St. Patrick – beloved of the Irish. (487-361 AD – Northern Ireland.)
Converted to Christianity at Slemish, county Antrim nearby Bushmills the first license to distill.
Everybody’s Irish on St Paddy’s Day.
Responsible Drinking
No car bombs.
No protestant or catholic whisky… urban myth.
IRISH COFFEE / Gaelic Coffee
1 oz – 1.5 oz Premium Irish Whiskey (Bushmills “Original” was the first to be used.)
Top up with premium hot coffee.
I sugar cube.
Float freshly whipped cream.
Very simple. Drop the sugar cube in the glass, add the whiskey, top with the whipped cream and garnish with 3 coffee beans (modern addition).
Credit for the Irish Coffee is always given to Joe Sheridan, a bartender at Foynes Airport (near modern day Shannon airport.) San Francisco newspaper columnist, Stanton Delaplane, returning from a trip to Europe in 1947, sampled the drink while waiting for his delayed flight to the US. At home, he shared the recipe with a favorite bartender at The Buena Vista, a local hangout at the wharf. From there it became a classic and a favorite the world over. The original Irish Coffee was made with Old Bushmills® Irish Whiskey – today known as Bushmills Original ®
IRISH LATTE
2 oz, Baileys Irish Cream Liqueur
In your favorite Café Latte
WILD IRISH ROSE
2 oz. Premium Irish Whiskey such as Bushmills®
¾ oz. freshly squeezed lemon juice.
½ oz. grenadine syrup.
2 oz. club soda (a lemon-lime soda can be substituted for a sweeter version)
Pour liquid ingredients into and ice-filled Collins or old fashioned glass, give it a quick stir and garnish with lemon wheel.
SHAMROCK EXPRESS
1.5 oz. cold espresso coffee
¾ oz Butterscotch schnapps
1.5 oz. Premium Vodka (Ketel One®)
1.5 oz Baileys Irish Cream® liqueur
¼ oz. simple syrup (to taste)
Shake all ingredients vigorously and strain into an ice-filled tumbler or old fashioned glass.
BE CREATIVE – BE STYLISH AND BE IRISH – Irish whiskey is so mixable.
Irish Cosmo
Irish Manhattan
Irish Lemon Drop
Irish Collins
Green Drinks? Color your cocktail at your own risk? Imagine yourself the next day with a bright green tongue.
Thanksgiving Cocktails With Steve Beal
Granny’s Apple Pie
¾ oz Premium Dark Rum (Steve recommends Zacapa®, Pampero ® or Myer’s®
(If you are inclined, you can substitute your favorite Bourbon – like Bulleit® or a great Tennessee whisky like George Dickel® and give your grandma’s apple pie a Southern flavor.)
¼ oz. Sweet Vermouth
¼ oz. Apple Brandy, Calvados or Apple Schnapps
½ oz. freshly squeezed lemon juice
Dash of Grenadine
Garnish with a Granny Smith Apple slice and some Pomegranate seeds
Stir in a mixing glass with ice.
Strain into a chilled cocktail glass and serve to your hearts content.
This cocktail is also great served hot. You can make up a batch and warm it in a hot water bath.
Apple Gobbler
1/2 cup cold unfiltered apple cider
1 1/2 ounce Bulleit Bourbon ®
1 long cinnamon stick
Pour the cider into a champagne flute. Slowly add the bourbon to the cider and gently stir to blend. Sir and Garnish with the cinnamon stick.
Best Served Cold – but can also be served hot like a hot cider.
Pilgrim´s Punch courtesy of www.cocktail.com
1 cup dried cranberries
1 cup dried apricots
1 bottle grappa
In a large airtight container, combine grappa with dried cranberries and dried apricots. Let sit 2 weeks at room temperature. Serve over ice.
Submitted by Morton´s of Chicago, Baltimore, Maryland.
Cranberry Margaritas courtesy of www.cocktail.com
1 1/4 cup cranberry juice
1/2 cup sugar
1 1/2 cup fresh frozen cranberries, rinsed
3/4 cup fresh squeezed lime juice
3/4 cup tequila
1/2 cup Grand Marnier
ice
Pour half of mixture in the blender and fill rest with ice. Blend. Repeat with second half of mixture. Makes minimum of two blender batches.
Submitted by Elizabeth (Bitsy) Susich, Anchorage, Alaska, USA
Pumpkin Martini courtesy of www.cocktail.com
Skyy Pumpkin Infused Vodka
Cointreau
Ice
Swirl Cointreau in a martini glass, then dump out. Shake Pumpkin Vodka and Ice Strain into martini glass rimmed with pumpkin pie spice. Garnish with whipped cream and cinnamon stick.
Submitted by the Belle Roux Louisiana Kitchen, The Cannery, San Francisco, California.
The BLT With Steve Beal
The “BLT”
1 ½ oz Bulleit ® Bourbon, America’s fastest growing small batch bourbon
1 Fresh Lemon Wedge (like you use to make Iced Tea)
Chilled Tonic Water to top off
Fill a Collins glass with ice. Squeeze the lemon wedge over the ice, rub the lemon on the edge of the glass and drop on to the ice. Add the Bulleit ® Bourbon. Top with chilled tonic water and give it a quick stir. Enjoy!
To those who think a “Bourbon and Tonic” might sound weird, you need to give it a try. Tasting is believing. The combination of this “high rye” style bourbon and tonic with the lemon is one of the most refreshing cocktails I’ve ever had. Warning: other bourbons don’t work – you need the high rye flavor profile to balance the tonic and never use lime.
The “BLT” is enjoyed on the deck at the Sun Deck Bar & Grill at the fabulous landmark Hotel Del Coronado in San Diego.
The drink is the favorite of Betsy Bulleit, its creator, who is the wife of bourbon maker Tom Bulleit. Her friends call it “Betsy’s Little Treat”.
Bulleit ® is America’s fastest growing small batch bourbon. It is one of the two bourbons which define the category. Small batch bourbons, set end-on-end, fill a small bookshelf. On one end you have Maker’s Mark ® famous for its wheat content – a ‘no rye’ formula (28% wheat, 68% corn and 4% malted barley) and on the other there is Bulleit ® with its famous ‘high rye’ formula, the highest rye content of the small batch bourbons (28% rye, 68% corn, 4% malted barley.) Together they are the ‘bourbon bookends’ which define everything on the shelf in between.
The Classic Egg Nog (Food Safe Version) With Steve Beal
THE CLASSIC EGG NOG (“Food Safe” Version)
Note: Because this recipe includes fresh eggs and dairy products, this preparation recommends cooking. I recommend this to be on the safe side. It is true purists often do not cook the ingredients and make each batch fresh: this is not considered to be commercially safe – but it is very good! Cooked or fresh, always take care in choosing and using the freshest, purist, cleanest ingredients from your most reliable sources.
Ingredients
• 2 cups milk
• 1 cup cream (You can use less milk and more cream for a richer nog.)
• 2 whole cloves
• Pinch of cinnamon (to taste)
• 4 egg yolks
• 1/2 cup sugar
• 1 teaspoon quality vanilla extract
• 1 teaspoon freshly grated nutmeg (to taste)
• 1 to 2 oz. each of rum and bourbon or brandy, or to taste ( You can leave out the alcohol for kid-friendly eggnog.)
(Note: Classic Southern-style or “All-American Style” is made with bourbon alone and Bulleit® Bourbon’s “high rye” flavor is clearly the best.)
• * (optional) 4 egg whites
Directions:
In a large bowl, beat the eggs until they lighten in color (can use a mixer for this or use a whisk to do by hand). Slowly beat in the sugar, whisking until fluffy.
Combine milk, cloves, cinnamon in a thick-bottomed saucepan. Heat on medium heat, slowly heating mixture until it is steaming hot, but not yet boiling.
Temper the eggs by slowly whisking the hot milk mixture into the eggs. Pour the mixture back into the saucepan. The, cook on medium heat, stirring constantly, until the mixture reaches 160°F, and it begins to thicken slightly (helps to have a candy thermometer, but not necessary). Do not allow the mixture to boil, or it will curdle (if this happens you might be able to save it by running it through a blender). Remove from heat and stir in the cream. Strain to remove the cloves.
Let cool for one hour. Then, add and mix in vanilla extract, nutmeg, and alcohol Chill.
Serving suggestion: Beat egg whites into soft peaks then add a teaspoon of sugar and continue to beat until peaks stiffen. Fold into them into the egg nog. You can also fold in whipped cream or softened vanilla ice cream. Top with grated nutmeg.
Makes 1 quart. Serves 4 to 6
Everybody loves Egg Nog! It’s great to have around during the holidays.“Egg nog” is a sweetened dairy-based drink made with milk, cream, sugar, beaten eggs. It’s easy to make and is especially good when you make it from scratch usiing the best quality freshest ingredients. It is flavored with ground cinnamon and nutmeg; alcoholic versions include the addition of various liquors, such as brandy, rum, cognac and whiskey. A common recipe calls for all of them. My favorite is the all-American style, made with Kentucky straight bourbon whiskey.
Eggnog is a very popular drink. throughout the Americas, and is traditionally associated with winter celebrations such as Christmas and New Year. According to Wikipedia ®, “Eggnog has long been believed to be an excellent source of magnesium. Eggnog is also very popular in Central Europe, but only its cognac version, that can be bought almost everywhere, mostly in Christmas-markets, during November and December. Commercially, non-alcoholic eggnog is available around Christmas time and during the winter. The origins, etymology, and even the ingredients used to make the original eggnog drink are debated. Eggnog, or a very similar drink, may have originated in East Anglia, England, though it may also have been developed from posset (a medieval European beverage made with hot milk). An article by Nanna Rögnvaldsdóttir, an Icelandic food expert, states that the drink adopted the nog part of its name from the word noggin, a Middle English phrase used to describe a small, wooden, carved mug used to serve alcohol. Another name for this English drink was Egg Flip. Yet another story is that the term derived from the name egg-and-grog, a common Colonial term used to describe rum. Eventually the term was shortened to egg´n´grog, then eggnog.”
The Daisy and The Fix With Steve Beal
Daisy Cocktails and “The Fix” – 1940’s Classic Cocktails
Steve Beal
Daisy’s are old fashioned cocktails made of liquor, grenadine (or other cordial), and lemon or lime juice. Usually shaken with cracked ice, they are served in a stein, metal cup or old fashioned glass over an ice cube and decorated with fruit. They are basically old time summer afternoon “refreshers” enjoyed by the gentry on the porch or in the garden while enjoying a game of croquet. They are the precursor of many of today’s specialty drinks and “sours”. They were usually made with home-made ingredients such as fresh lemonade or what the British call “Squash”.
The Fix is a similar idea, served over shaved ice. It dates to the time when ice was delivered to your door every day. Ice was considered somewhat of a delicacy. The Fix is the adult version of a “snow cone” and the precursor of the modern blended-frozen cocktails.
These great cocktails emerged to prominence during and immediately after the prohibition era, when alcohol was taboo and the quality of goods was inconsistent. The cocktails made the ingredients palatable and not readily recognizable to the casual observer.
The Daisy
2 oz Liquor (Gin, Vodka, Brandy, Rum, Whisky, Scotch, Bourbon, etc.)
juice of 1/2 lemon
1 tsp raspberry syrup or grenadine
1/2 tsp powdered sugar
fill cracked ice
Shake well with cracked ice and strain into stein or 8 oz. metal cup. Add cube of ice and decorate with fruit.
The Fix
1/2 lemon or lime
1 tsp powdered sugar
1 tsp water
fill shaved ice
2 oz liquor (Gin, Vodka, Brandy, Rum, Whisky, Scotch, Bourbon, etc.)
Lemon slice
In a 12 ounce Tom Collins glass, squeeze juice of lemon or lime. Add sugar and water and stir. Fill glass with shaved ice. Add alcohol and stir well. Serve with a slice of lemon and a straw. (Makes one 12 ounce serving.)
The Gimlet With Steve Beal
GIMLET
2 oz Premium Gin (Try Tanqueray ® or Tanqueray Rangpur Lime Gin ® )
1 oz Rose’s Lime Cordial
(Optional, 1/4 oz Freshly squeezed lime juice)
Shake seriously with ice and strain into a well-chilled martini glass. Ganish with a lime wheel.
Variations:
My favorite is a “Ten Fresh” made with 2 oz No. Ten Gin by Tanqueray ® and 1 ½ oz of freshly squeezes lime juice, sweeten lightly with 1/4 oz simple syrup. Served straight up in a martini glass or over the rocks in a bucket.
Some may use Vodka – but that’s really cheating. The classic aromatic taste of the juniper berry is a key element in the flavor of the authentic Gimlet. This classic cocktail undoubted comes from the “limey’s” in the British Navy, wanting to improve the taste of their genevers.
The Latin Lover With Steve beal
THE LATIN LOVER – An old favorite with a twist.
2/3 oz.Cachaca (a Brazilian liquor made from fresh sugar cane juice) or Oronoco Rum (a Brazilian rum made from fresh cane juice.)
2/3 oz. Blanco Tequila (a “puro de agave” such as Don Julio or Platino)
1 and 2/3 oz. Fresh Pineapple Juice.
1/3 oz. freshly squeezed lemon juice
1/3 oz. freshly squeezed lime juice
1/3 oz. simple syrup.
Combine the liquid ingredients in a shaker with a few ice cubes. Shake vigorously for 15-20 seconds. Fill a tall glass 1/3 way with crushed ice and pour the contents over the ice until the glass is filled. Garnish with fruit such as fresh pineapple, kiwi slice, cherry.
The Lemon Drop With Steve Beal
1.5 oz premium vodka (or citrus vodka) (I love Ketel One or CIROC® for this drink)
.5 oz fresh squeezed lemon juice
1 sugar cube
Lemon wheel or twist for garnish
Traditional preparation: Sugar the rim of an old-fashioned glass, and drop a cube or packet of sugar into the bottom of the glass. Pour vodka and lemon juice into a stainless steel shaker over ice, and shake until completely cold. Pour into the prepared old-fashioned glass, and serve.
Martini-style: Sugar the rim of a well-chilled martini glass. Pour vodka, lemon juice and a pinch sugar into a shaker over ice, and shake until completely cold and frothy. Pour into the martini glass, drop the sugar cube or a lemon drop candy.
For variation try limoncello liqueur in place of the lemon juice or as a top float. Also try Meyer Lemon. For great variation substitute Tanqueray Rangpur Lime Gin for the vodka.
Garnish with a lemon wheel or a lemon twist.
This great cocktail is a classic “sour” in the great tradition of the Whiskey Sour, the Margarita, the Cosmo and the like. It began to appear during the early stages of the vodka martini craze in the 1980’s. When served in a well-chilled stemmed glass it becomes a tiny liquid gem and joins the “martini class” at the top of the list. Variations allow for a great deal of creative artistry.
The Orange Blossom With Steve beal
THE ORANGE BLOSSOM
1.5 oz Premium Gin (Try Tanqueray Rangpour® made mandarin limes)
3/4 oz Orange liqueur
2 oz Freshly squeezed orange juice
½ oz freshly squeezed lime juice
¼ oz grenadine syrup
Shake all ingredients vigorously with ice and strain into an ice-filled old fashioned glass. Garnish with an orange zest twist.
The Russians With Steve Beal
THE RUSSIANS (BLACK & WHITE) ARE COMING
Classic Black Russian
2 oz Premium Vodka (I prefer Ketel One ® or the original, Smirnoff ®)
1/2 oz Coffee Liqueur (Kahlua was the original)
Stir the ingredients with ice. Strain into a well-chilled glass. The classic garnish is a “sail” – a cherry skewered in a lemon slice (seldom seen these days.)
Variations:
Served straight up in a martini glass.
Served “layered”- Kahlua topped with Vodka, “on the rocks”
Served over ice in a Collins glass, topped with cola. (The Brits like it this way.)
The “White Russian”: add 3/4 oz milk, shake, and top with 3/4 oz of heavy whipping cream without the garnish.
The exact origin of this great cocktail is lost in the late1950’s at the “Hungry I” club in San Francisco or its close neighbor “Enrico’s” presided over by empresario and character, Enrico Banducci. The original ingredients were thought to be Kahlua ® and Smirnoff ® - hence the name Russian. Smirnoff ® was just about the only vodka available in those days. It’s based on a similar concoction made with Crème de Cacao
The Strawberry Eclair With Steve beal
THE STRAWBERRY ÉCLAIR
½ oz. hazelnut liqueur
½ oz. Crème de Fraise (Strawberry) liqueur
¼ ox Freshly squeezed lime juice
Shake the ingredients with ice and strain into an aperitif shot glass. This is a tiny elegant “parting shot” popular in Australia.
The Velvet Hammer With Steve beal
THE VELVET HAMMER
1.5 oz Ketel One Vodka
¾ oz Orange liqueur
1 oz. White Chocolate Liqueur (Godiva®, of course.)
1 oz. Heavy Cream
¼ oz. Grenadine/pomegranate syrup or Crème de Frambois
Shake ingredients vigorously with ice and strain into a well-chilled martini glass. Garnish with freshly shaved nutmeg or chocolate.
The White Lady With Steve beal
THE WHITE LADY
2 oz Premium Gin (Are you ready to Tanqueray?)
1 oz Orange liqueur
1 oz freshly squeezed lemon
1 egg white
Shake all ingredients with ice vigorously and fine strain into a well-chilled martini glass.
This classic is attributed to the famous Harry MavElhone of Harry’s Bar fame, c 1919 London.
The ‘SANGRITA’ and the Vampiro With Steve Beal
The ‘SANGRITA’ and the Vampiro.
Although it sounds like and looks like Sangria, the Sangrita is classic Mexican cocktail chaser/mixer traditionally blended using tomatoes, orange juice, fresh lime juice, onions, salt and hot chili peppers.
Born in the state of Jalisco, Mexico, sangrita was created to quench the fire of homemade tequila and quickly became a Mexican tradition.
I like it with a really good Blanco tequila
Typically used as a tequila chaser, sangrita allows the person to appreciate the premium Tequila (such as Don Julio or Jose Cuervo Platino) while sipping alternately from each of the glasses. Sangrita should not be confused with the popular Spanish fruit and wine elixir, Sangria.
Simple Sangrita Recipe - Tequila Source from tequilasource.com
1-1/2 cup fresh orange juice
1-1/2 cups tomato juice
3/4 cup V8 vegetable juice
1/4 cup fresh lime juice
1 teaspoon onion juice
2 teaspoons Maggi Seasoning
1 to 2 tablespoon Tajin Salsa Picante
1 tablespoon Valentina Salsa Picante
This recipe makes about one liter of Sangrita. For the onion juice, chop a small white onion and used a lime squeezer. Different brands of hot sauces can be substituted and the amounts adjusted to taste. Sangrita should be a bit spicy. Mix all ingredients and refrigerate.
Serve in a shot glass along side of your favorite tequila or use as a mixer for the popular Vampiro. Variations - add some freshly ground black pepper or a bit of celery salt to taste.
Two Between The Sheets With Steve beal
TWO BETWEEN THE SHEETS
Another tasty variation classic favorite…
3/4 oz. brandy or Cognac
3/4 oz. Premium rum. (Myers® is a wonderful one for this.)
3/4 oz. Grand Marnier® orange liqueur.
3/4 oz. freshly squeezed lemon juice.
3/4 oz. chilled mineral water
Combine all liquid ingredients in a shaker with 4-6 ice cubes. Shake vigorously for 15-20 seconds. Strain into a well-chilled martini glass. Garnish with a lemon or orange wheel or a thin slice of star fruit. The classic is trimmed with flamed orange zest.
The original “Between the Sheets” was created by Harry MacElhone of Harry’s Bar in Paris in the 1930’s and is though to be a variation on the sidecar.
Valentines Day Cocktail With Steve Beal
A great day for elegance, for romance, for pizzazz, panache and passion.
THE LATIN LOVER – An old favorite with a twist.
2/3 oz.Cachaca (a Brazilian liquor made from fresh sugar cane juice) or Oronoco Rum (a Brazilian rum made from fresh cane juice.)
2/3 oz. Blanco Tequila (a “puro de agave” such as Don Julio or Platino)
1 and 2/3 oz. Fresh Pineapple Juice.
1/3 oz. freshly squeezed lemon juice
1/3 oz. freshly squeezed lime juice
1/3 oz. simple syrup.
Combine the liquid ingredients in a shaker with a few ice cubes. Shake vigorously for 15-20 seconds. Fill a tall glass 1/3 way with crushed ice and pour the contents over the ice until the glass is filled. Garnish with fruit such as fresh pineapple, kiwi slice, cherry.
TWO BETWEEN THE SHEETS
Another tasty variation classic favorite…
3/4 oz. brandy or Cognac
3/4 oz. Premium rum. (Myers® is a wonderful one for this.)
3/4 oz. Grand Marnier® orange liqueur.
3/4 oz. freshly squeezed lemon juice.
3/4 oz. chilled mineral water
Combine all liquid ingredients in a shaker with 4-6 ice cubes. Shake vigorously for 15-20 seconds. Strain into a well-chilled martini glass. Garnish with a lemon or orange wheel or a thin slice of star fruit. The classic is trimmed with flamed orange zest.
The original “Between the Sheets” was created by Harry MacElhone of Harry’s Bar in Paris in the 1930’s and is though to be a variation on the sidecar.
HOT PASSION (A passionate variation on a classic Madras.)
1 oz. Passion Fruit liqueur
1 oz. Ultra Premium Vodka (such as Ciroc® or Ketel One ® )
2 oz. Cranberry juice.
2 oz. Freshly squeezed orange juice.
Shake ingredients together and strain into an ice-filled Collins glass and garnish with a maraschino cherry.
AN ILLICIT AFFAIR
2 oz. Raspberry Vodka (Smirnoff® makes one of the best.)
1.75 oz Freshly squeezed orange juice
1.75 oz Cranberry Juice
Shake all ingredients with ice and strain into an ice-filled glass. Garnish with and orange wheel or slice. Flourish with a few fresh raspberries.
Wild Irish Rose With Steve beal
WILD IRISH ROSE
2 oz. Premium Irish Whiskey such as Bushmills®
¾ oz. freshly squeezed lemon juice.
½ oz. grenadine syrup.
2 oz. club soda (a lemon-lime soda can be substituted for a sweeter version)
Pour liquid ingredients into and ice-filled Collins or old fashioned glass, give it a quick stir and garnish with lemon wheel.
Deana "The Axe"
Deana´s Easy French Onion Soup
DEANA’S EASY FRENCH ONION SOUP
1-2 TABLESPOONS OF BUTTER
1 TABLESPOON OLIVE OIL
3 TO 5 SLICED WHITE SWEET ONIONS (OR MORE OR LESS BIGGER OR SMALLER DEPENDING ON HOW MUCH YOU LIKE ONIONS)
1 BOX OF KNOR FRENCH ONION SOUP MIX
1 TO 2 32OZ. JUGS/BOXES OF SWANSON LOW SODIUM BEEF BROTH OR STOCK (AMONUT DEPENDS ON THE AMOUNT OF SOUP YOU WANT)
SALT AND PEPPER TO TASTE
SHREDDED GRUYERE CHEESE TO TASTE (ABOUT A CUP FOR FOUR BOWLS OF SOUP)
LARGE STORE BOUGHT CROUTONS. I PREFER FRESH GOURMET MULTI-GRAIN PARMESAN CAESAR PREMIUM CROUTONS
OVEN SAFE SOUP BOWLS FOR SERVING
IN A LARGE SKILLET MELT TOGETHER BUTTER AND OLIVE OIL AND SLICED ONION. COOK ONIONS UNTIL CARMELIZED (BROWN). AFTER BROWNING TO YOUR TASTE (THE BROWNER THE ONIONS THE SWEETER THEY BECOME) POUR IN FRENCH ONION SOUP MIX AND BROTH/STOCK. STIR UNTIL MIX IS DISSOLVED AND LET SOUP COME TO A BOIL. SALT AND PEPPER TO TASTE. SPOON SOUP INTO BOWLS. TOP SOUP WITH 2 TO 3 CROUTONS (I LIKE MORE). SPRINKLE GRATED CHEESE OVER CROUTONS. PLACE BOWLS ON BAKING SHEET AND MELT CHEESE UNDER THE BROILER UNTIL LIGHT BROWN AND BUBBLY.
Guest Recipes
Heirloom Tomato Cooked Pasta Sauce From Jeff Cox
Heirloom Tomato Cooked Pasta Sauce
Jeff Cox
We wait all year for the heirloom tomatoes to show up in midsummer, and when they do, why not make lots of sauce and can or freeze some for those months to come?
1 lb. ground beef (or buffalo)
1 head garlic, cloves peeled and coarsely chopped
1 yellow onion, peeled and diced
3 Tbl. olive oil
4 lbs heirloom tomatoes
½ tsp. salt, or to taste
5 leaves of basil
5 stems of oregano
2 stems of thyme
1. Lightly brown the ground meat in a skillet and reserve. Separate the garlic into cloves, peel and coarsely chop them. Dice the onion. Place the olive oil in the same skillet over medium-low heat and add the garlic and onions. Allow to simmer in the oil until the onions are clear and the garlic is just beginning to show just a little brown color. Don’t let garlic brown. Remove from the heat and reserve.
2. Heat a large pot of water until boiling. Add tomatoes. Blanch for 3-4 minutes. Rinse the tomatoes under cold water to cool. Place tomatoes in a large bowl. Peel and core the tomatoes, discarding skins and cores. Using two knives, cut the tomatoes into small pieces. Separate the tomato juice from the pulp using a sieve. Return the pulp to the bowl. Pour the liquid into a saucepan and turn heat to medium-high. Allow tomato juice to boil slowly. Stir frequently. When the juice is reduced to a thick sauce, about 30 minutes, add it back to the tomatoes. Be careful not to let sauce scorch. Add a half teaspoon of salt.
3. Coarsely chop five basil leaves. Strip leaves from five stems of oregano and two stems of thyme. Add the herbs to the tomatoes. Pour off any excess oil from the onions and garlic and add them to the tomatoes. Stir to incorporate everything. Simmer for an additional 15 minutes, stirring occasionally to prevent scorching. Makes about a quart and a half of sauce. Increase recipe as needed to make sauce for putting up.
Ale and Chedder Omelete From Chefs Gayle Pirie and John Clark Country Egg, City Egg
Country Egg, City Egg
Chefs Gayle Pirie and John Clark
ALE AND CHEDDAR OMELET
Ingredients (for one omelet):
¼ C. Pale Ale or lager
3 eggs
Salt to taste
1/3 C. grated sharp aged Cheddar Cheese
Set a 7- to 8-inch nonstick egg pan over high heat and add the pale ale or lager. (Thicker ales and beers will overwhelm the flavor of the eggs.) Let the ale sizzle and reduce by half, about 1 minute.
Beat the eggs and season with salt. Still over high heat, pour in the eggs and let the bottom set slightly, rotating the pan to bring the egg to the edges. Bring the cooked edges of the egg into the center with a wooden spoon or chopstick, letting the raw egg run underneath. Repeat until the bottom layers are set and the top of the omelet is moist and creamy. Add the Cheddar cheese. Begin to roll the cooked side of the egg over the creamy side and the filling. Repeat the rolling motion several times until the cooked side has rolled back onto itself. Flip the omelet to help seal it. Roll the omelet onto a warm plate.
Algerian Carrots and Zucchini From Michele Anna Jordan
Algerian Carrots and Zucchini
Serves 6 to 8
In this recipe, the carrots retain some of their texture but the zucchini is cooked until it is very soft. If using large zucchini, be sure to drain it sufficiently after it cooks. Small zucchini will not release much liquid.
1 pound carrots, peeled
1 pound zucchini
1/2 cup extra-virgin olive oil
3 tablespoons ground cumin
1 teaspoon brown sugar
10 garlic cloves, peeled and minced
Juice of 3 lemons
1 tablespoon minced Italian parsley
kosher salt and black pepper in a mill
Cut the carrots at an angle to make slightly diagonal slices about 1/8-inch thick. Steam them over rapidly boiling water until just tender, about 10 minutes; do not overcook them. Place in a bowl and set aside.
Wash the zucchini and cut into 1/4-inch thick rounds; if they are particularly large,cut them in half first. Steam until they are very tender, about 20 minutes. Transfer the zucchini to a strainer or colander and let them drain for 15 minutes, until most of their extra moisture has drained away. Place the zucchini in a bowl. Pour 1/4 cup of the olive oil over the carrots; add 2 teaspoons of ground cumin, the brown sugar, a teaspoon of the garlic, the juice of one lemon, and the parsley. Toss lightly and season with salt and black pepper. Set aside.
Pour the remaining 1/4-cup olive oil over the zucchini and and the remaining cumin, garlic, and lemon juice. Mix with a wooden spoon, add at least 2 teaspoons of kosher salt, a few turns of black pepper, and stir again. Taste the zucchini and correct the seasoning.
Place the carrots and zucchini next to each other, but not mixed together, on a large serving platter. Serve at once, or refrigerate for up to 4 days.
©2008 Michele Anna Jordan; adapted from The Good Cook’s Book of Oil & Vinegar (Aris
Books, Addison Wesley Publishing, 1992)
Almond Macaroons Rosie Manell
Almond Macaroons Rosie Manell – who worked with Julia Child
Yield 18 or more macaroons
Preheat oven to 325 degrees
Line sheet pan with parchment paper
½ pound almond paste NOTE: NOT Pastry filling
1 cup sugar
2 or 3 egg whites
¼ teaspoon almond extract
1/8 teaspoon salt
1. Cut the almond paste into ½ inch pieces and place in food processor fitted with the steel blade.
2. Add the sugar, 2 egg whites, almond extract and salt. Blend well until smooth and no lumps remain.
3. The mixture should be soft but not loose. If it seems too stiff beat the remaining egg white in a little bowl and add a little to the batter in the food processor. Blend.
4. Drop the paste by spoonfuls onto the parchment lined pan. Flatten the mounds lightly with the back of a spoon. Place the mounds 1 ½ inches apart. If you have a pastry bag the paste may be squeezed from a bag with a plain tip.
5. bake for 30 minutes until lightly browned.
6. Cool on a rack
Autum Pear from Scott Beattie
AUTUM PEAR
From Scott Beattie
1 ½ ounce St. George Whiskey
¾ cup pear juice
¾ cup fresh lemon juice
½ ounce simple syrup
¼ ounce St. George Eaudevie
1 egg white
1 pear thinly sliced for garnish
Place all ingredients in shaker and shake vigorously. Pour into martini glass and top with a thinly sliced pair.
Bacon Parmesan Pretzels From Snyders of Hanover
10 Snyder’s of Hanover Pretzel Rods
10 slices of bacon
1 c. parmesan cheese
Instructions:
Wrap a slice of bacon around each pretzel rod. Place on a microwave safe dish covered with two layers of paper towels. Microwave for 2-2.5 minutes or until bacon is cooked to a golden brown. Carefully remove from oven and roll each pretzel rod in a plate covered with parmesan cheese. Stand upright in a mug or attractive dish to serve.
Baked Sainte Maure Ash Goat Cheese On Herb Potato Chip From Chalk Hill Estates Executive Chef Didier Ageorges
BAKED SAINTE-MAURE ASH GOAT CHEESE ON HERB POTATO CHIP
With Mache & Frisee Salad with Truffle Walnut Vinaigrette.
Pair with 2006 Chalk Hill Estate Bottled Chardonnay
INGREDIENTS: (4 Servings)
4 ounces Sainte-Maure Ash goat cheese or other artisan soft goat cheese
Slice 8 croutons from a baguette
Small bouquet of mache and frisee lettuce (may substitute baby spinach for mache)
1 Cowboy or Kennebec potato
1 bunch of chives
2 tbsp butter
Truffle Walnut Vinaigrette:
1 tbsp Dijon mustard
1 tbsp Xeres (sherry) vinegar
1 tbsp walnut oil
1 tbsp truffle oil
1 tbsp grape seed oil
1 tsp salt
1 tsp pepper
INSTRUCTIONS:
Truffle-Walnut Vinaigrette:
Mix together vinegar, mustard, salt and pepper. Add walnut oil, truffle oil and grape seed oil. Stir. Set aside.
Herb Potato Chip:
Lay potato lengthwise. Slice into 8 very thin slices using a mandolin. Set one slice of potato on plate and top with small amount of chives. Cover chives with another slice of potato and season with salt. Cook slowly on low in non-stick pan with clarified butter until golden brown. Set on paper towels to drain.
PRESENTATION:
Cut Sainte-Maure Ash goat cheese into 8 slices and lightly brush with truffle oil. Place 1 slice cheese on each crouton and bake at 350 degrees until cheese is slightly melted and just beginning to turn golden. Toss lettuce with Truffle-Walnut Vinaigrette. Arrange on plate and top with herb potato chip.
Recipe Provided by Chalk Hill Estate Vineyards & Winery Executive Chef Didier Ageorges.
Balsamic-Herbal Marinade with Grilled Chicken From Jim Tarantino
Balsamic-Herbal Marinade
Makes 1-1/2 cups
Timetable: Tuna steaks, swordfish steaks, red snapper, catfish, sea bass, halibut, or scallops: 2 to 4 hours, Shrimp or chicken breasts: 3 to 4 hours, Mushrooms: 8 hours.
1/2 cup balsamic vinegar
Grated zest and juice of 1 lemon
5 cloves garlic, chopped
2 anchovies, salt-packed if available
3 tablespoons capers, drained
2 or 3 green onions, white part only, chopped
1/4 cup chopped fresh flat-leaf parsley
1 to 2 tablespoons freshly cracked black peppercorns
Coarse-grain salt
2/3 cup extra virgin olive oil
Combine the vinegar, lemon zest and juice, garlic, anchovies, capers, green onions, parsley, pepper, and salt to taste in a blender or a food processor and process until all the ingredients are blended. While the motor is running, drizzle in the oil a little at a time. Use the marinade within 5 days of making.
GRILLED MARINATED CHICKEN BREASTS
SERVES: 4
2 pounds of skinless chicken breasts
1/12 cups Balsamic-Herbal Marinade
Place the chicken in a nonreactive container or a 1-gallon resealable plastic bag. Pour the marinade over the chicken and refrigerate for 3 to 4 hours.
Remove the chicken from the marinade and let it stand for 30 minutes prior to grilling. Optional: bring the marinade to a boil for optional basting. Keep warm.
To grill: Lightly brush the grill with vegetable oil and grill the chicken over medium heat until the juices run clear and the and the meat is no longer pink. About 10 to 12 minutes. Turn and baste with the warm marinade. The internal temperature should be 160o degrees. Serve warm.
Best Ever American Wings From Hugh Carpenter
Best Ever American Wings
Serves 4 as an entrée or 6 to 12 as an appetizer
24 chicken wings
4 cups red wine
3 cups ketchup
½ cup Heinz 57 Sauce
6 tablespoons brown sugar
¼ cup chile powder
2 tablespoons molasses
1 tablespoon dried oregano
1 tablespoon dried thyme
1 tablespoon paprika
1 tablespoon Tabasco sauce
3 tablespoons flavorless cooking oil
6 cloves garlic, minced
Cut off the wing tips and save them for making stock. In a large bowl, combine the red wine, ketchup, Heinz 57, brown sugar, chili powder, molasses, oregano, thyme, paprika, and Tabasco sauce. In a 12-inch sauté pan, add the oil and sauté the garlic. When the garlic begins to brown, add the red wine mixture. Bring to a low boil, then simmer for 20 minutes. Cool to room temperature. In a bowl large enough to hold the wings, combine the wings and the red wine sauce. Mix thoroughly. Marinate the wings in the refrigerator for 1 to 24 hours (the longer, the better).
Preheat the oven to 375. Line a shallow baking pan with foil. Coat a wire rack with nonstick cooking spray and place the rack in the baking pan. Drain the chicken and reserve the marinade. Arrange the wings on the rack (smooth surface down) and roast for 30 minutes. Drain the accumulated liquid from the pan. Baste the wings with the reserved marinade, turn them over, and baste again. Roast until the wings turn a mahogany color, about another 30 minutes. Cut the wings in half through the joint. Serve hot or at room temperature.
From Hugh Carpenter’s “The Great Wings Book”
Billi-B Soup From Doug Keane
At the fancy and much lionized Cyrus Restaurant in Healdsburg, Sonoma County, which was awarded two stars in the most recent Michelin Bay Area Guide, Doug Keane is the chef. “Mussels are one of my favorite ingredients,” he enthused. “But I like the broth more than the meats. It has a fine balance of briny sweetness and acidity. At the restaurant, I’ll throw 30 pounds of mussels in a big pot with white wine and parsley stems and cook it a long time to extract all the flavor from the mussels. I use the broth as a base for curries by adding curry paste and coconut milk. Or I make Billi-B Soup.” Here’s his recipe, reduced for the home cook. As always, discard any open mussels that do not close when tapped before cooking, and any that do not open after being cooked.
1 ¾ cup white wine
3 lbs. de-bearded mussels
2 leeks, white part thinly sliced
1 fennel bulb thinly sliced
2 sprigs fresh thyme, chopped (stems included)
5 sprigs parsley, chopped (stems included)
1 Tbl. butter
1 ½ cup heavy cream
Pinch saffron
1. In a large pot, bring 1 ½ cups of the white wine to a boil, reserving the last ¼ cup. Add the mussels, cover the pot and reduce heat to low. Allow the mussels to cook in the wine for 20 minutes.
2. Strain the mussels through a fine mesh strainer until you’re sure all the liquid has been extracted. This should yield about 2 ½-3 cups of mussel liquor. Discard the mussel meat or reserve for another use.
3. Saute the leeks, fennel, thyme, and parsley in the butter over medium heat until the vegetables are tender, about 4-5 minutes.
4. Add the reserved ¼ cup of white wine to the sauté pan and reduce until almost all the liquid is gone. Add the mussel liquor and reduce by half. Add the heavy cream and bring to a boil, then reduce heat to low and cook for 10 minutes. Add the saffron and simmer for 10 more minutes.
5. Strain the soup into bowls. Serves 4.
Bulleit Bourbon Pecan BBQ Sauce
Bulleit Bourbon Pecan BBQ Sauce
Ingredients
2 slices smoked bacon, fine dice
1 medium onion, fine dice
1/2 cup pecan pieces
1/2 cup Bulleit Bourbon
1 large can tomato puree
1/3 cup Kentucky Sorghum
1/3 cup dark brown sugar
1/4 tsp cayenne pepper
1 tsp black pepper
Bulleit Bourbon to taste (approximately 1/4 to 1/2 cup)
Directions
In heavy saucepan, brown bacon and remove with slotted spoon.
In residual grease, cook onion until transparent.
Add pecan pieces and stir for one minute.
Pour in Bulleit Bourbon and flame to cook off alcohol.
Add remaining ingredients and return bacon to pot.
Cook on low heat for 45 minutes until thickened.
Add more Bulleit Bourbon to taste.
Recipe created by Bob Perry, Executive Chef/GM
My Old Kentucky Dinner Train/Bardstown, Kentucky
Carol Wolk Prize Winning Matzoh Balls From NY Times Passover Cookbook 1999
CAROL WOLK’S PRIZE WINNING MATZOH BALLS
From NY Times Passover Cookbook 1999
This won grand prize 1988 at the first Matzoh Bowl - a contest held at the Stage Deli in Manhattan
Makes 18 large matzoh balls
For 8 cups of broth
1 ¼ cups matzoh meal
5 large eggs
1 ¾ tablespoons salt
1 tablespoon vodka
2 tablespoons club soda
1 tablespoon chicken broth
¼ cup vegetable oil
1. Place 8 cups chicken broth in a deep pot over medium heat.
2. Meanwhile in a mixing bowl, beat eggs and then add the matzoh meal. Add salt, vodka, club soda, remaining 1 tablespoon of chicken broth and vegetable oil. Mix well. Place in freezer for 45 minutes.
3. Use two tablespoons to form matzoh balls that are about 2 inches in diameter. I prefer smaller matzoh balls about and inch plus in diameter so the yield will be more. When the broth is hot not boiling, use a slotted spoon to place each ball into the soup. Cover the pot , cook for 40 minutes.
Cheddar Cheese Stuffed Turkey & Bacon Burger with Hickory Mayonnaise by Bruce Aidells
Adapted from Real Food Magazine
Every town worth a meal stop has its own burger joint. Apple Pan was my spot in the West Los Angeles neighborhood that I grew up in. Nothing more than a u-shaped counter and a perennial line out the door, Apple Pan had 2 great burgers, the “steak” burger and the hickory burger. I could never decide which I liked best so I usually ordered one of each. What distinguished the hickory burger from the steak burger was that instead of catsup, hickory-smoke flavored barbecue sauce was used to dress the burger and has inspired my variation in this recipe. Instead of melted cheese on top, I’ve chosen to stuff the burger with cheese.
If you desire to reduce the fat content a bit (God forbid) you can substitute smoked turkey or a smoked turkey sausage for the bacon. Simply cube it and chop it in the food processor.
1 1/4 pounds ground turkey (I prefer ground dark meat)
4 ounces good quality smoked bacon, smoked turkey or smoked turkey sausage (about 1 link), diced
1 teaspoon kosher salt
1 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper
2 tablespoons hickory flavored barbecue sauce (e.g. KC Masterpiece)
1 1/2 cups freshly shredded sharp cheddar cheese
1/2 cup finely chopped green onion
1 tablespoon Dijon mustard
4 sesame buns, toasted
Hickory Mayonnaise
1/2 cup mayonnaise
1 tablespoon sweet pickle relish
2 teaspoons Dijon mustard
2 tablespoons hickory flavored barbecue sauce (e.g. KC Masterpiece)
Garnish
Thinly sliced tomatoes
Thinly sliced sweet onion, red or yellow
Dill pickle slices
Iceberg lettuce leaves
Drop ground turkey into a mixing bowl. Place bacon (or smoked turkey or smoked turkey sausage) into a food processor and pulse several times to chop. Do not over process. Add to the mixing bowl along with the salt, pepper and barbecue sauce. Using your hands, lightly blend without over mixing. Form into 8 equal patties, about 1/2-inch thick and 5-inches in diameter. Set aside.
Combine the cheddar, green onions, and mustard in another bowl. Place equal amounts of the cheese mixture in the center of 4 of the patties. Leave a border around the cheese and lay the other patties over the cheese. Crimp and seal the edges so no cheese can leak out. Set aside in the refrigerator until ready to grill (up to 4 hours ahead).
To make the hickory mayonnaise, combine the mayonnaise, relish, mustard, and barbecue sauce in another bowl and stir until blended. Set aside.
To finish the burgers, grill them over medium hot coals for about 4 minutes. Flip and grill 3-4 minutes more. To see if they are done, cut a nick in the center of the top and peer inside to see if the cheese has melted. Remove when the cheese just begins to melt. Slather a generous amount of the hickory mayonnaise over each side of the buns. Place a burger on one side and place tomato, onion and pickle slices and a lettuce leaf on top. Seal the sandwich with the other side of the bun and serve, taking care not to drip too much on your best blouse.
Makes 4 burgers.
Chicken alla Diavola From Michele Anna Jordan
Chicken alla Diavola
Serves 4
You find pollo alla Diavola in traditional Italian restaurants, those homey,
turn-of-the-century eateries often in a basement and frequently with
photographs of famous Italian actors and politicians on the walls. Sometimes,
the dish includes mustard, a French rather than Italian addition. (For a delicious Asian twist, see the variation at the end of the recipe.) For an added element of flavor, use large stalks of rosemary or sage to baste the chicken as it cooks.
1 large free-range chicken, cut into pieces
3 tablespoons black peppercorns, coarsely crushed
2 to 3 teaspoons kosher salt
1/3 cup fresh lemon juice
1/2 cup extra-virgin olive oil
2 lemons, cut in wedges
Rinse the chicken pieces under cool water and dry them with a tea towel.
Place the chicken in a single layer in a glass baking dish. Sprinkle the black
pepper over the chicken, turning so that both sides are coated. Sprinkle 2
teaspoons of the salt over the chicken, then drizzle with the lemon juice and the olive oil. Cover lightly (a tea towel works well) and let marinate in the refrigerator for 4 hours or overnight, basting occasionally.
To cook the chicken, prepare a charcoal fire. When the fire is ready, set the
rack about 5 inches from the fire, set the chicken skin side up on the rack, and broil for 15 minutes, or until the chicken is lightly brown. Baste the skin side with the marinade, turn, and baste the cooked side. Continue to grill, rotating the chicken after about 10 minutes to mark it evenly, and basting occasionally. Turn a final time and cook until the juices run clear, about 10 minutes more. Transfer to a serving platter, let rest 5 to 10 minutes, season with the remaining teaspoon of salt, garnish with lemon wedges and serve immediately.
Variation: Add a tablespoons of minced fresh ginger and a teaspoon of
crushed red pepper to the olive oil before drizzling it over the chicken.
from Salt & Pepper ©19999 Michele Anna Jordan, Broadway Books
For more information about Michele’s books, columns, magazine articles and radio shows visit www.micheleannajordan.com or send an e-mail inquiry to
catsmilk@mac.com
Chilequiles de Chorizo from Bruce Aidells
2 tablespoons olive oil
3-4 fresh Anaheim or other mild green chilies
6-8 tomatillos, husks removed and parboiled 5 minutes, or canned, straight from the can
2 medium onions
4 cloves garlic
1 bunch fresh cilantro
1 or more cups chicken stock
Salt and pepper to taste
1 1/2 pounds chorizo or other fresh Mexican or Southwest sausage, in bulk or removed from casings
2 cups finely chopped onions
16 corn tortillas cut into sixths
Oil for deep frying
6 cups shredded jack cheese
Garnish
Avocado slices
Fresh cilantro sprigs
To make the sauce, coarsely puree the olive oil, chilies, tomatillos, onions, garlic, and cilantro in a food processor. Combine with the chicken stock in a saucepan and simmer for 5 minutes. Taste for salt and pepper and reserve.
Fry the chorizo over medium-high heat, breaking up the meat with a fork, for about 5 minutes. Pour off all but 2 tablespoons of the fat, add the finely chopped onions, and cook another 5 minutes, until the onions are soft.
Meanwhile, deep-fry the tortilla wedges in batches for 1 to 2 minutes, until they are crisp but not brown. Drain well on paper towels.
To assemble the chilequiles, oil a 3-4 quart casserole. Make layers of tortilla chips, chorizo, jack cheese, and sauce. Repeat until all the ingredients are used. Press down with a plate, making sure all the solids are covered with liquid. Otherwise, add more stock. Cover with foil, and refrigerate overnight so that the tortillas absorb the liquid. The next day, remove the plate and sprinkle the top with more shredded jack cheese. Bake, covered, in a preheated 350° F oven for 45 minutes. Garnish with cilantro and avocado slices. Makes 6 servings.
Chocolate Chip Cookies From SFBI
Chocolate Chip Cookies
Ingredients Home Batch
Butter 5 1/2 oz
Sugar 3 3/8 oz
Brown Sugar 4 1/8 oz
Eggs 2 1/2 oz
Vanilla Extract 1 tsp
Bread flour 8 3/4 oz
Baking Soda 1/2 tsp
Salt 1 tsp
Chocolate Chips 8 1/2 oz
Total 2 lbs
Process
Cream the butter and the sugar.
Gradually add the eggs and then the vanilla.
Combine the bread flour, baking soda and salt; mix to 50% incorporation.
Add the chocolate chips and mix just until incorporated.
Scale into 1000 g/2 lbs. 3 oz. pieces and roll into 43 cm/17 inch logs (sheet pan width).
Wrap each log in parchment and refrigerate until ready to bake.
Cut to desired size (50-100 g/2-4 oz.), place on parchment-lined sheet pans, and bake at 177°C/350° F in a convection oven for 10-12 minutes.
San Francisco Baking Institute
Advanced Bread and Pastry: A Professional Approach
Cider-Brined Berkshire Pork Loin Chop From Nancy Oakes
From Boulevard the Cookbook
Cider-Brined Berkshire Pork Loin Chop
Bacon, Pomegranate, and Pistachio Relish,
Shaved Brussels Sprouts, and Cider Jus
Chefs Nancy Oakes & Pamela Mazzola
Boulevard Restaurant
Serves 4
Brined Pork Chops
3 cups hot (150°) water
1/4 cup kosher salt
1/2 cup brown sugar
1 cup apple cider
2 tablespoons crushed black peppercorns
2 tablespoons Dijon mustard
1 bunch thyme
1 tablespoon chopped fresh rosemary
4 each, center loin double cut Berkshire pork chops, about 10-12 oz each
Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper
3 T. olive oil
Braised Bacon
8 oz slab bacon cut into ¼ inch dice
¼ cup water
2 T. butter, melted
Cider Sauce
1 T. olive oil
¼ C. sliced shallots
2 cloves garlic, sliced
½ C. apple cider
5 thyme sprigs
6 black pepper corns
reserved liquid from the braised bacon
½ C. dark chicken stock
Pomegranate Relish
2 T. pistachio oil
2T. olive oil
1 T. balsamic vinegar
1 T. pomegranate molasses
¼ C. pomegranate seeds
¼ C. finely diced (1/4 inch) celery
¼ C. pistachios, toasted
Reserved braised bacon
Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper
Brussel Sprouts
2 T. olive oil
2 T. shallot, minced
1 pound Brussels sprouts, ends trimmed, outer leaves removed, and very thinly sliced on a mandoline
¼ to ½ C. water
4 T. unsalted butter, cut into ½ inch pieces
Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper
To brine the pork chops, in a large bowl or measuring cup, stir the water, salt, and brown sugar until the salt and sugar dissolve. Add the cider, peppercorns, mustard, thyme and rosemary. Refrigerate the brine until it’s cold, then put the chops in a large zipper-lock bag and pour over the brine. Seal the bag pressing out as much air as possible. Let the chops brine for 4 to 6 hours in the refrigerator.
To braise the bacon, pre-heat oven to 325° F. Spread the bacon on a ½ sheet pan or in a small baking pan. Pour over water and butter and place in the oven for 20 – 30 minutes, stirring often. Bacon is done when it is slightly rendered and soft. Reserve the braising liquid for the sauce and the bacon for the relish. Just before service, crisp the bacon and add to the relish.
For the Cider Sauce: Heat the olive oil in a saucepan over medium heat. Add the shallots and garlic and cook for about 5 minutes, or until golden. Add the cider and simmer until almost all of the liquid has evaporated. Add the thyme sprigs, peppercorns, reserved bacon liquid, and chicken stock and simmer for 20 to 30 minutes, skimming several times to remove impurities and ensure a clear sauce. When the liquid has reduced and thickened, strain it through a fine mesh sieve into a small saucepan or container. Refrigerate for up to two days and rewarm before serving.
For the Pomegranate Relish: Whisk the pistachio oil, olive oil, balsamic vinegar, and pomegranate molasses together in a small bowl until blended. Stir in the pomegranate seeds and celery. The relish can be made up to 1 hour ahead to this point, but the reserved bacon and pistachios should be added right before serving.
To cook the pork chops: Remove them from the refrigerator about 1 hour before you are going to cook it, and pull the pork out of the brine and pat it dry. Pre-heat the oven to 375° F. Season the chops lightly with salt and pepper. Heat a sauté pan to medium heat (don’t be too aggressive with the heat because the brine quickens the browning process and the chops will burn if the heat is too high) with 2 T. olive oil and add the pork, working in batches if necessary. Sear for about 2-3 minutes or until golden brown, flip over and sauté for about one minute and put in the oven to finish cooking, approximately 8 -12 minutes. Take the chops out of the pan and set aside in a warm place tented to rest.
For the Brussels Sprouts: Heat the olive oil in a sauté pan over medium high heat until it shimmers. Add the shallots and Brussels sprouts and cook, stirring occasionally, for 3 minutes. Add ¼ cup of the water and the butter and cook for about 5 minutes, or until most of the liquid has evaporated and the Brussels sprouts are tender but haven’t lost their bright color, adding another ¼ cup water if necessary. Season to taste with salt and pepper.
To Serve: Meanwhile, to finish the relish, warm the bacon in a small skillet and stir into the pomegranate relish along with the pistachios. Place equal portions of the Brussels sprouts on each of 4 warm dinner plates and top with a pork chop. Spoon the sauce over the chops and around the plates. Finish with a generous plop of relish on top of the pork.
Cioppino From Andrea Froncillo
Cioppino
Andrea Froncillo
www.sexandthekitchen.com
Description:
Cioppino is an updated version of a classic Italian fish stew, chock-full of assorted fish and fragrant with fennel, garlic, and wine. Many years ago, when San Francisco fishermen added Dungeness crap, they called it cioppino, and the name stuck. Whatever you call it, it´s absolutely wonderful. Consider the fish listed below as a recommendation; use whatever is local and in season. You can serve the stew a couple of different ways: alone; ladled over rice, pasta, or polenta; or alongside thickly sliced, toasted bread or taralli, crunchy, ring-shaped Italian biscuits.
Ingredients:
4 tablespoons olive oil
1/4 cup chopped fennel
3 tablespoons chopped yellow onion
3 tablespoons minced shallots
3 cloves garlic, minced
1/4 cup dry white wine
1 (28-ounce) can crushed tomatoes
2 tablespoons minced fresh flat-leaf parsley
1 teaspoon red pepper flakes
1 cup bottled clam juice
1 cup water
Salt and freshly ground black pepper
1/2 cup unsalted butter
8 ounces Prince Edward Island mussels
8 ounces Manila or littleneck clams
1 (8 ounce) white fish fillet (such as halibut, cod, or tilapia), cut into chunks
4 ounces cleaned calamari, cut into 1-inch-wide rings
4 ounces large shrimp (21 to 30 per pound), peeled and deveined, tails on
2 tablespoons minced fresh basil
Fennel fronds, for garnish
Prepare:
1. In a large, heavy saucepan, heat 2 tablespoons of the olive oil over medium-low heat. Add the chopped fennel, onion, shallots, and garlic and saute´ for 4 to 5 minutes, until golden brown. Stir in the wine, then the tomatoes, parsley, pepper flakes, clam juice, and water. Season with salt and pepper. Bring to a boil over high heat, then decrease the heat to low and simmer for 30 minutes. Add the butter and stir to melt, then remove from the heat.
2. In a large cast-iron skillet, heat the remaining 2 tablespoons olive oil over medium heat and toss in the mussels and clams. Cook for 4 minutes. As the mussels and clams begin to open, add the fillet, calamari, and shrimp and sprinkle with salt and pepper. Saute´ for 2 to 3 minutes, until the shrimp turn pink. Discard any mussels or clams that don´t open. Add 1 cup of the tomato mixture and simmer for 5 minutes. Transfer the contents of the skillet to the saucepan with the remaining tomato mixture and simmer for 2 to 3 minutes.
3. Ladle into soup bowls. Sprinkle with the basil, garnish with the fennel fronds, and serve immediately.
Serves 4 to 6
Classic Baked Ham from Bruce Aidells
Classic Baked Ham with a Ginger Snap, Apricot, and Brown Sugar Glaze
This recipe is ideal for hams labeled “fully cooked.” These hams, which are made by soaking a pork leg in a brine of water, salt, and sugar come in many sizes and configurations. (Don’t use country hams or dry-cured hams.) The ones I prefer are not rectangular or reshaped but have the natural shape of a pig’s leg and can be purchased bone-in or boneless. A whole ham will weigh about 15-plus pounds and is ideal for a crowd. You can also buy these hams in smaller half-ham sizes which are labeled shank or butt end. A bone-in shank end is easier to carve than the butt end which contains part of the hip bone. You can also purchase a half portion of boneless ham. Another choice would be a whole spiral-cut bone-in ham which makes for easy carving and a nice presentation, but for this recipe make sure not to buy a spiral cut ham that is already coated with some type of sweet glaze. The glaze you make yourself will taste much better than anything commercially prepared.
Apricot jam
Dijon mustard
2 cups brown sugar
2 cups ginger snaps, pulsed in a food processor to form crumbs
1. Preheat the oven to 325° F. Line a baking pan large enough to hold the ham with foil. Trim the skin away and all but a 1/4 to 1/2-inch layer of fat. Place the ham in the pan fat-side up and score the surface with a sharp knife to make a cross hatch diamond pattern. Place the ham in the oven.
2. Roughly, you can use the 10 minutes per pound to gauge the cooking time, but the best way to tell if the ham is done is to measure the internal temperature with a cable type remote-read, or instant-read thermometer. For a whole ham begin checking its internal temperature after 2 1/2 hours, and check it every 15 minutes or so, until it reaches 130° F. (Check every half hour beginning after 1 1/2 to 2 hours.)
3. While the ham is cooking, prepare the glaze. In one small bowl mix together the jam and mustard until blended and in another bowl mix together the sugar and ginger snaps crumbs.
4. When the ham reaches 130° F, remove the pan from the oven and increase the oven temperature to 375° F. Using a basting or pastry brush, apply a generous layer of the jam/mustard mixture. Using your hands generously coat the ham with a thick layer of the sugar/crumb mixture, lightly pressing it to help it to adhere to the ham.
5. Return the ham to the oven and continue to bake until the coating is glazed, nicely browned, and the internal temperature is 140° to 145° F. Remove the ham from the oven and let it rest for 30 minutes before carving.
Yield 16 serving plus leftovers for a whole ham, and 8 servings for a half ham
Classic Caesar Salad from Jeff Cox
1 loaf French bread
½ cup, plus 2 Tbl. extra virgin olive oil for the croutons
2 garlic cloves, 1 cut in half and the other chopped
1 head romaine lettuce
1 tsp. salt
1 egg, coddled or boiled for 1 minute
Juice of 1 lemon
½ cup grated Parmigiano-Reggiano cheese
Dash Worcestershire sauce
Fresh-ground black pepper to taste
1. If you’re making the croutons from scratch, cut the crusts from two ¾-inch thick rounds of French bread and toast them on a baking sheet in a 350 F. oven for 10 minutes. Brush both sides with olive oil and rub them with a garlic clove cut in half, then return them to the oven for 10 minutes until crisp and lightly browned. Then cut the rounds to your desired size (1/2-inch squares are traditional but any size will do).
2. Select only the inner leaves of the romaine—those about 7 or 8 inches long and lighter green than the large outer leaves. Save the outer leaves for other uses. Rinse the leaves until they’re free of grit, then gently pat dry.
3. Chop the garlic clove and mash it into the salt, then, with a fork, incorporate the half cup of olive oil. Just before serving, place the romaine leaves in a large bowl, drizzle with the oil-garlic-salt mixture, and toss to coat.
4. Break the egg into the salad and toss again until it’s well incorporated. Sprinkle on the lemon juice and toss. Add the Parmigiano-Reggiano, the dash of Worcestershire sauce, and the pepper and toss. Finally, add the croutons, toss, and make two portions in oval bowls. Serves 2.
Cranberry Chicken Over Brown Rice and Hazelnuts - Entree From Dean Biersch
Cranberry Chicken Over Brown Rice and Hazelnuts - Entree
From Dean Biersch
2 each 6-8oz Chicken breast with Rib meat
1 cup brown rice, rinsed and drained
1 each onion diced
3 clove garlic
2 oz unsalted
4 oz hazelnuts, toasted
¼ cup heavy cream
1 oz ginger diced
1 tblspn brown sugar
½ cup dried cranberries
½ cup orange juice
1 cup dry white wine
1/8 cup sugar
½ oz chili flake
¼ cup olive oil
TT S/P
Method
Brown rice
In a small pot heat butter until melted - add ½ of the chopped onion, garlic, ginger and chili flake and sweet until tender. Add in brown rice. Continuously stir brown rice in butter until slightly toasted, add in salt and pepper then 2 ½ cups of water and ½ cup of white wine, bring to a simmer, lower heat and cover. After 15 minutes check for doneness, should still be slightly firm and chewy. Add in cream, brown sugar and nuts - cover and continue to simmer until done.
Cranberry sauce
Heat sauté pan with olive oil and sauté ½ onion , season with salt and pepper. When translucent add in cranberries, orange juice and white wine and bring to a simmer. Add sugar and reduce by 1/3.
Chicken
Pre heat oven to 425°
Heat a sauté pan with oil, on high heat. Season front side of chicken breast w/ salt and pepper . Carefully place Chicken seasoned side down lower heat and brown. Remove from heat and place in a 425 ° preheated oven cook for 20-25 minutes
Plate
Place brown rice on plate and top with chicken, drizzle sauce on chicken and around rice.
Pair With:
Anderson Valley Winter Solstice Ale
Winter Ale uses holiday spices with cream and caramel in the nose. This dish works to counter the forward taste and enhances some of the backup flavors - tis the season!
Crown Sundae (from Crown Candy Kitchen, St. Louis, Missouri) Provided by Michael Turback
Crown Sundae (from Crown Candy Kitchen, St. Louis, Missouri)
The single greatest thing to eat at Crown Candy Kitchen is the Crown Sundae. It’s the Holy Grail of Ice Cream Sundaes, served in a goblet that was made for Sundaes, and the closest most of us will ever come to perfection. Each one arrives with its combination of house-made ingredients oozing over the edge, hot fudge competing with caramel sauce for your attention, not to mention the butter-roasted pecans.
Dip 2 large scoops of vanilla ice cream into a tall sundae goblet. Cover with 2 ounces of hot fudge sauce and 2 ounces of caramel sauce. Sprinkle butter-roasted pecans over the top.
Dungeness Crab in Wine and Vermouth From Chef John Ash
Dungeness Crab in Wine and Vermouth
Chef John Ash
Sauvignon Republic
Serves 2 as a main course or 4 as an appetizer
This simple dish celebrates one of the real treasures of the Northern California, Oregon and Washington coasts—Dungeness crab! I think its the best but unfortunately its not generally available outside these areas. You can substitute other crab such as King crab. Fresh mussels, clams and shrimp can also be substituted. Serve with a big stack of napkins and lots of crusty French bread.
1 large (3 - 4 lb.) cooked, fresh Dungeness crab
1/4 lb. unsalted butter
2/3 cup vermouth
1/2 cup dry white wine
1-1/2 cups clear fish or chicken stock
3 tablespoons thinly sliced garlic
2 teaspoons minced fresh ginger
1-1/2 tablespoons soy sauce
1 tablespoon fresh lemon juice
2 teaspoons sugar
2 teaspoons cornstarch dissolved in 1 tablespoon water
1/4 cup chopped fresh parsley or a combination of parsley and chives
Freshly ground black pepper to taste
Clean, crack and separate crab into sections and set aside.
Place remaining ingredients, except parsley and pepper, together in a sauce pan and simmer covered for 5 minutes or so. Add crab, parsley and pepper and warm crab through.
Divide into large bowls with the broth and serve immediately.
Forty Clove Chicken From Don Christopher
Forty Clove Chicken
1 frying chicken - cut in pieces
1 tsp. dry oregano
40 cloves Christopher Ranch Garlic *
2 tsp. dry basil
½ cup dry white wine
6 sprigs parsley - minced
¼ cup vermouth
1 lemon - cut in half
¼ cup olive oil
4 stalks of celery - cut in 1" pieces
Pinch of crushed red pepper/salt & pepper to taste
Place chicken in shallow baking pan, skin side up. Sprinkle remaining ingredients, except lemon, evenly over chicken. Squeeze juice from lemon over top. Cover with foil and bake at 375 degrees for 40 minutes. Remove foil and bake an additional 20 minutes.
Serve garlic cloves with the chicken or spread on sliced french bread.
*Can use peeled or unpeeled garlic. If unpeeled, squeeze out pulp after cooking.
Don also puts garlic cloves in between the leaves of artichokes when steaming them and stuffs peeled cloves in steaks, or chops, including lamb, before grilling.
Fresh Strawberries with Toasted Angel Food Cake From The Diabetic Chef
Fresh Strawberries with Toasted Angel Food Cake
Croutons served with a Low Fat Crème’ Anglaise
Serves 8
Amount Item
1 whole Angle Food Cake
4 pints Strawberries, washed, dried, quartered, tops removed
1 pint Fat Free Half and Half
3/4 cup Splenda Blend*
6 each Egg Yolks
1 tsp Vanilla Extract
As needed Fresh Mint
Procedure:
For the Angle food Crotons: Cut Angle food cake into 1/2 inch croutons and place onto a baking pan. Per-heat oven to 225’ and bake croutons to a light golden brown, 30-45 minutes. Remove croutons from oven and allow to cool, reserve for service.
For the Low Fat, Anglaise’: In a medium size pot, combine 1/2 of the Splenda sugar blend and all of the fat free half and half and heat enough so steam begins to rise. (To steep)
In a small bowl, add the egg yolks and the rest of the sugar and whisk until smooth. Using a large spoon drizzle the warm fat free half and half into the yolk/sugar mixture, tempering the mixture as you whisk. Add the yolk mixture to the fat free half and half liquid and continue cooking at a low heat, stirring constantly. The liquid will slowly thicken. When crème anglaise is thickened, remove from stove and place into a clean container and cool liquid overnight. The liquid will continue to thicken as it chills.
Assembly:
Place diced croutons into a parfait glass, add diced strawberries and pour 2 oz of crème anglese over strawberries. Garnish with a fresh sprig of mint and serve!
www.TheDiabeticChef.com
Garlic and Olive Oil Pasta From Jeff Cox
GARLIC AND OLIVE OIL PASTA
If the idea of separating 12 heads of garlic into cloves and then peeling and chopping them sounds like too much work, you can always cheat by buying pre-peeled garlic cloves at the market. But the result won´t be as good.
1 1/2 tsp. kosher salt
12 heads of garlic, reduced to cloves and peeled
1 1/2 cups extra virgin olive oil
1 lb. pasta, preferably spaghetti
1. Set a large pot of water on the stove and add one teaspoon of the salt. Cover and heat until it boils.
2. After you´ve peeled all the garlic cloves, chop them into small bits.
2. Add the olive oil to a large high-sided skillet, and heat over medium-low heat just until the oil is fragrant and a small drop of water sizzles on the surface. Don´t let the oil get so hot it smokes. Add the chopped garlic and the half teaspoon of remaining salt and stir frequently until the garlic takes on a golden color, about 5 minutes. Don´t let the garlic turn brown or burn.
3. Add the pasta to the boiling water and cook al dente or to your taste. Drain the pasta. Pour the garlic and oil over the pasta and mix thoroughly. Serve with grated parmesan cheese and crushed red pepper flakes. Serves 4.
Garlic Fries
Garlic "Fries"
2006, Ellie Krieger, All rights reserved
Healthy Appetite with Ellie Krieger Episode: American Favorites
Ingredients
3 cloves garlic, minced
2 tablespoons canola oil
3 large baking potatoes, 12 ounces each
1/2 teaspoon salt
1 tablespoon finely chopped fresh parsley leaves
Directions
Preheat the oven to 450 degrees F.
Heat the garlic and oil in a small saucepan over medium heat for 2 minutes. Strain the garlic from the oil with a small mesh strainer. Set both garlic and oil aside.
Cut the potatoes into 1/4-inch sticks. In a large bowl, toss the oil, potatoes and 1/2 teaspoon of salt. Spray a baking sheet with cooking spray and spread the potatoes onto it in a single layer. Bake until golden and crisp, about 35 minutes.
Remove potatoes from the tray with a metal spatula. Toss with parsley, reserved garlic, and additional salt, to taste. Serve immediately.
Grandma Marys Secret Prime Rib Sauce
GRANDMA MARY’S SECRET PRIME RIB SAUCE
Ingredients
1 pound sliced mushrooms
20 chopped green onions
¼ cup Worcestershire sauce
½ cup Kitchen Bouquet
16 drops Tabasco Sauce
1&1/3 cups catsup
1 cup white wine
1 cup sherry
4 teaspoons chili powder
8 tablespoons sugar
6 teaspoons salt
4 teaspoons pepper
6 ounces (1 ½ sticks) butter
For many years Grandma Mary Mohar cooked Christmas dinner “way out in the country” at the family cabin on Calistoga Rd. near Petrified Forest. Her almost famous sauce is delicious with prime rib. Combine ingredients and simmer 2 hours. Can be made a day ahead! Ken Silveira warns, “But don’t overcook the prime rib like Grandma did!”
Press Democrat December 22, 2004
Grilled Pork Ribs in Tequila Lime Marinade from Bruce Aidells
Grilled Pork Ribs in Tequila Lime Marinade
By Bruce Aidells
(Adapted from The Complete Meat Cookbook By Bruce Aidells and Denis Kelly, Houghton Mifflin, 1998)
Flavor Step
3 tablespoons fresh lime juice
2 teaspoons grated lime zest
2 tablespoons tequila or mezcal
2 tablespoons olive oil
1 tablespoon minced garlic
1 teaspoon ground cumin
1 teaspoon dried oregano
2 teaspoons salt
1 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper
2 1 ½ - 2 pounds slabs pork spareribs
Combine all the ingredients for the marinade. Place the ribs in a large, nonreactive container and pour the marinade over. Cover with plastic wrap and refrigerate overnight, turning the ribs from time to time to fully expose all of the meat to the marinade.
Set up a covered gas or charcoal grill for indirect heat. Remove the ribs from the marinade and place them on the grill so that there is no heat directly underneath them. Cover, and try to maintain a grill temperature of 250° to 300° F. Cook for 1 to 1½ hours. The ribs are done when the meat begins to pull away from the bone tips, and is quite tender.
Grilled Salmon with Citrus Apple Vinaigrette From Jim Tarantino
Grilled Salmon with Citrus Apple Vinaigrette
4 salmon fillets, about 1/2 pound each
Salt and crack black peppercorns to season
TO GRILL:
Season the salmon with salt and pepper. Lightly brush the grill with vegetable oil and grill the salmon skin flesh side down for over medium high heat for about 6 to 7 minutes. Turn to skin side down, brush with the barbecue sauce and continue grilling for 2 minutes more. Slide a spatula between the skin and flesh, lift and transfer to a serving plate. Top the salmon with the Citrus-Apple Vinaigrette.
Citrus-Apple Vinaigrette
Makes 2 cups
1 to 2 tablespoons unsalted butter
1 medium granny smith apple, peeled cored, and finely diced (about 1 cup)
1 Thai chili pepper or 1/4 teaspoon red pepper flakes
Juice and grated zest of 1 medium lemon (about 3 tablespoons)
Juice and grated zest of 2 medium limes (about 1/4 cup)
1/2 cup canola oil
2 ounces salmon roe
1/4 cup assorted fresh herbs, finely chopped
2 tablespoons chives, finely chopped
Melt the butter in a sauté pan over medium heat. Add the apple and pepper flakes and sauté while stirring constantly, for about 6 to 10 minutes or until tender and just beginning to change color. Remove from the heat and set aside to cool.
Combine the lemon juice and zest, lime juice and zest in a blender and process until all the ingredients are blended. While the motor is running, drizzle in the canola oil a little at a time. Combine the apples, the vinaigrette, roe, herbs, and chives in a non-reactive bowl and stir until the ingredients are well blended. Stored in a clean airtight jar, this will keep in the refrigerator for 3 to 4 days.
Grilled Vegetable and Goat Cheese Terrine From Chalk Hill Estates Executive Chef Didier Ageorges
GRILLED VEGETABLE & GOAT CHEESE TERRINE
With Sauce Vierge & Spring Mix Salad
Pair with 2006 Chalk Hill Estate Bottled Sauvignon Blanc
INGREDIENTS: (about 6 Servings)
1 red and 1 green bell peppers, peeled and confit with olive oil
1 small fennel bulb, peeled and blanched
1 zucchini, sliced lengthwise
1 eggplant, sliced lengthwise
4 Anaheim peppers, peeled and confit
1/4 pound spring mix salad
Liaison:
1/4 cup fresh goat cheese
1/4 cup heavy cream
1 1/2 gelatin sheets
Sauce Vierge (Extra Virgin Olive Oil):
2 large or 3 medium tomatoes, blanched, peeled, seeded and diced
1 shallot, minced
1/4 cup minced basil
1/2 ounce chopped Kalamata black olives
1 cup olive oil
Salt & pepper, to taste
INSTRUCTIONS:
Liaison:
Heat the cream in sauce pan. Add gelatin. Place goat cheese in food processor. Add cream and gelatin mix to food processor. Set aside.
Grill peeled peppers, fennel, zucchini, and eggplant over high heat for approximately 5 minutes. Set aside. Line the inside of a loaf pan (1 pound capacity) with plastic wrap. Lay the eggplant in the bottom. Continue to build the terrine by alternating layers with goat cheese and grilled vegetables. Let set in fridge for 3 hours.
Sauce Vierge:
Combine tomatoes, shallots, basil, olives, olive oil, salt and pepper.
PRESENTATION:
Once the terrine has set for 3 hours, served a slice with Sauce Vierge drizzled on top and spring mix salad on the side.
Recipe provided by Chalk Hill Estate Vineyards & Winery Executive Chef Didier Ageorges.
Harissa From Michele Anna Jordan
Harissa
Michele Anna Jordan
Makes about 2/3cup
2 ounces dried ancho chiles
6 large garlic cloves, peeled
2 teaspoons ground cumin
2 teaspoons ground coriander seed
2 teaspoons ground caraway seed
2 teaspoons Kosher salt, plus more to taste
½ cup olive oil, plus more as needed
Put the anchos into a small bowl, cover with very hot water and let soften for about 15 minutes.
Set the garlic cloves, one at a time, on a hard work surface and use the blade of a broad knife to crush the clove. To do so, hold the knife parallel to the work surface with the blade touching the garlic. With the heel of your other hand, press down on the blade until you feel the garlic give. Repeat until all of the garlic has been crushed.
When the anchos are soft and fully pliable, drain the water and cut off the stem ends. Pull out the seed cores -- do not worry about seeds that remain -- and put the chiles into the work bowl of a food processor fitted with a metal blade.
Add the crushed garlic, the cumin, the coriander, the caraway and the salt and pulse several times, until the anchos are reduced to small pieces.
Add the olive oil and run the machine until the mixture comes together as a smooth paste.
Taste the mixture very carefully (it may be very spicy, as anchos vary in degree of heat), taking the tiniest bit and touching your tongue to it briefly to check for salt. If it seems flat, add a half teaspoon or so of salt and pulse a few times.
Transfer the mixture to a glass jar; a wide-mouth half-pint canning jar is ideal. Store in the refrigerator until ready to use.
I would be remiss, I think, to devote a column to harissa without providing a recipe for tagine, as harissa is a classic condiment with the slow-cooked stews of Morocco. This is a long-standing favorite.
Chicken Tagine with Preserved Lemons
& Green Olives
Makes 6 to 8 servings
¼ cup extra virgin olive oil
12-16 chicken thighs
-- Kosher salt
-- Black pepper, freshly ground
1 yellow onion, peeled
½ teaspoon saffron
1 teaspoon ground turmeric
1 teaspoon ground cumin
½ cup hot water
1 2-inch piece fresh ginger, peeled and grated
1 bunch fresh Italian parsley, stems discarded
1 bunch fresh cilantro, stems discarded
3 small or 2 large preserved lemons, seeded and diced
½ cup juice from preserved lemons or fresh lemon juice
2 pounds cracked green olives, pitted (available at markets, such as Andy´s Fruit Basket and Pacific Markets, that have olive bars)
-- Harissa (see recipe, this page)
1 cup couscous, steamed
-- Pita bread or fresh lavash
Heat the olive oil in a large deep pan set over medium heat. Add as many chicken thighs as the pan will hold in a single layer; brown them on both sides. Season with salt and pepper and transfer to a plate. Continue until all the chicken is cooked.
Meanwhile, using the large blade of a box grater, grate the onion into a bowl. Put the grated onion into a strainer; press off and discard any juice. Saute the grated onion in the pan drippings, stirring frequently, until it loses its raw color, about 5 to 7 minutes. Season lightly with salt.
Crush the saffron in a mortar, and add the turmeric, cumin and hot water.
Return chicken to pan with the onions, pour saffron mixture over it, add ginger, parsley, cilantro and preserved lemons. Add enough water to cover the chicken, bring to a boil over high heat, and when the water boils, reduce the heat and cover the pan. Simmer the chicken for 20 minutes.
Transfer the chicken to a baking dish that will hold the thighs in a single layer.
Add the lemon juice to the sauce, increase the heat under it to high and simmer until it is reduced to about 2½ cups.
Pour the sauce over the chicken, spread the olives on top and cover with aluminum foil. The dish can be held in the refrigerator at this point for up to a day.
To finish, preheat the oven to 325 degrees. If you prepared the chicken in advance, remove it from the refrigerator 30 minutes before cooking. Bake for 30 minutes, until the chicken is heated through and the sauce is hot and bubbly.
Thin 3 tablespoons of the harissa with Meyer lemon juice and hot water; taste and correct for salt.
To serve, put the steamed couscous in the center of a large platter and arrange the chicken thighs around it. Spoon all of the sauce over the chicken and couscous. Serve immediately, with the harissa and hot pita or fresh lavash on the side.
E-mail Michele Anna Jordan at michele@micheleannajordan.com.
Herbed Oven-Fried Chicken From Lynn Alley
Herbed Oven Fried Chicken
Serves 2
You can use boneless, skinless chicken breasts, chicken tenders, or drummettes for this dish. Marinating the chicken in buttermilk overnight makes the chicken extra juicy. Eat it hot right out of the oven, or add it cold to a picnic basket or boxed lunch.
½ cup buttermilk
2 cloves garlic, finely minced
1 ½ teaspoons salt
1 tablespoon oil
½ pound boneless, skinless chicken breast or chicken tenders
1 cup rolled oats
½ teaspoon red pepper flakes
½ cup grated parmesan cheese
¼ cup fresh basil leaves or rosemary needles
Olive oil spray
In a shallow dish, mix together the buttermilk, garlic, ½ teaspoon salt, and the oil. Place the chicken pieces in the buttermilk mixture and coat them thoroughly. Marinate the chicken in the buttermilk mixture overnight in the refrigerator.
Preheat toaster oven to 425 degrees.
In a food processor, mix the oats, red pepper flakes, the remaining 1 teaspoon of salt, Parmesan, and basil. Pulse until the oats are partially powdered. Alternatively, mix the ingredients together in a bowl with a wooden spoon. Place the oat mixture on a plate. Shake any excess buttermilk off the chicken and dredge to coat each piece thoroughly.
For easy clean-up, cover the toaster oven baking tray with aluminum foil and lightly spray it with oil. (Check your manufacture’s instructions, however, for any cautions against the use of aluminum foil in your toaster oven). Place the chicken pieces on the tray so that they are not touching one another.
Spray the chicken pieces lightly with oil and bake for about 10 to 15 minutes, depending on the thickness of the meat, until the crust is golden brown and crispy.
Remove the chicken from the toaster oven and serve hot or refrigerated and serve cold over a salad.
Lynn Alley author of The Gourmet Toaster Oven
Hot Chocolate (from L’Artisan du Chocolat, London, England) Provided by Michael Turback
Hot Chocolate (from L’Artisan du Chocolat, London, England)
When it comes to hot chocolate, Gerard Coleman is a classicist’s classicist, and he has an almost whispering reverence for a properly made cup. He uses 70% Brazilian couverture with fruity, woody, and almond-nut flavor sensations that are intensified in the heated liquid. He believes that hot chocolate must be prepared like a mayonnaise to ensure a proper emulsion between the fats and the water. “To obtain a smooth texture, stirring should be made in a circular motion,” explains Gerard, “taking care not to reverse the direction.”
At L’Artisan du Chocolat, hot chocolate is served from an urn, filled with rich liquid that has thickened and allowed flavors to concentrate during a resting period. According to Gerard, one should never drink hot chocolate immediately, but rather let it rest and cool uncovered, then reheat. He suggests preparing it the night before, then drinking it with breakfast. “If you must have it straight away,” says Gerard, “make a double batch, one for here and now, and one for the following day, when you’ll enjoy it even more.”
Ingredients:
6 ounces Whole milk
2 ounces Heavy cream
2 Tbsp Brown sugar
4 ounces Bittersweet chocolate, chopped
pinch Salt
dash Vanilla extract
Method: Cook milk with cream, brown sugar, a pinch of salt and dash of vanilla. Put chocolate in a bowl. When the milk has reached about 80 degrees C, carefully tip some of the hot milk into the chocolate bits. Mix, using small circular moves in the center (as you would for a mayonnaise) until it forms a shiny paste. Then mix this paste back into the hot milk and stir until thoroughly blended. Let it cool uncovered. Sieve and reheat to serve.
Yield: 2 demitasse servings
Hot Chocolate from Chuck Siegel
Hot Chocolate with a Milk Base
Chuck Siegel of Charles Chocolates
Ingredients:
8 Cups Whole Milk
1 Cup Water
18 ounces Bittersweet Chocolate (70%)
1 Cup Granulated Sugar
Directions:
1. Bring Milk, Water and Sugar to a boil in a medium saucepan, stirring to dissolve the Sugar
2. Add the Chocolate and mix with a whisk to dissolve
3. Heat until just at a boil and remove
4. In batches, if necessary, whip hot chocolate in a blender to froth
Hot Chocolate with Caramel and Cinnamon
Chuck Siegel of Charles Chocolates
Ingredients:
8 Cups Whole Milk
1 Cup Water
1 1/3 Cup
1
Sugar
Cinnamon Stick
16 ounces Bittersweet Chocolate (70%)
Directions:
1. Bring Milk, Water to a boil in a medium saucepan, stirring to dissolve the Sugar – then remove from heat
2. Caramelize the sugar with the cinnamon stick until it is dark amber
3. Add the milk and water mixture to stop the cooking and stir over heat until smooth
4. Once smooth, add the chocolate and whisk until just at a boil
5. Use an immersion blender to froth for one minute
Hot Chocolate with a Water Base
Chuck Siegel of Charles Chocolates
Ingredients:
4 Cups Cold Water
½ Cup Sugar
9 ounces Bittersweet Chocolate (70%)
½ Cup Cocoa Powder (Dutched)
Directions:
1. Bring Water and Sugar to a boil in a medium saucepan, stirring to dissolve the Sugar
2. Add the Chocolate and the Cocoa and mix with a whisk to dissolve
3. Heat until just at a boil and remove
4. Use an immersion blender to froth for one minute
Kodrero con Ajo Fresco (Lamb With Green Garlic) From Joyce Goldstein
This one is Sephardic from Turkey. To make it for Passover do not dredge the meat in flour.
Spring is the season for green garlic, fragrant shoots with tiny young bulbs. Before individual cloves are formed, the green garlic resembles large scallions or baby leeks. Combined with spring green onions they make for a delicate and aromatic stew. If you cannot find green garlic at your market, use peeled cloves from 2 small heads of garlic instead. With the slow cooking, the cloves will become mild and creamy. Serve with rice or roast potatoes. This stew was a great favorite at Passover dinners at my restaurant, Square One.
Serves 6 to 8
olive oil
all purpose flour
salt and freshly ground black pepper
3 to 4 pounds lamb shoulder cut into 1 1/2 inch pieces
2 tablespoons tomato paste
2 tablespoons vinegar
1 cup water or meat broth
1/2 pound green garlic or 2 heads garlic, peeled, cloves separated
2 pounds green onions, cut in 2 inch lengths, about 5 or 6 bunches
5 tablespoons oil
On a plate combine flour with salt and pepper. Film a large heavy saute pan with olive oil over high heat. Dip the lamb in seasoned flour and fry in batches in oil until browned on all sides. golden.
Transfer the lamb to a heavy stew pot, add the tomato paste, vinegar, broth or water, salt and pepper and bring to a boil. Reduce heat to a simmer and cover the pan. Cook slowly over low heat for 50 to 60 minutes.
Do not peel the green garlic but snip off the root end and slice into two inch length, using all of the green. Or peel the cloves of garlic from 2 small heads. Trim the roots off the green onions and also cut them into 2 inch lengths. Blanch these in boiling salted water for 2 minutes, then drain. Sauté the garlic and green onions in a few tablespoons of olive oil over moderate heat for about 5 minutes, just to get a bit of color on them, seasoning them with salt and pepper.
After about 1 hour, when the lamb is almost cooked, add the garlic and green onions to the pot. Cover and continue to cook until lamb is tender, another 20 or 30 minutes. Adjust seasoning. Sprinkle with chopped mint, dill or parsley and serve at once.
Lawrys Whipped Cream Horseradish
Lawry´s Whipped Cream Horseradish
Ingridients:
1 cup whipping cream
¼ teaspoon Lawry´s Seasoned Salt
2 tablespoons prepared horseradish, well drained, or 4 tablespoons finely grated fresh horseradish root
Dash Tabasco sauce
Instructions:
Whip cream until stiff peaks form. Fold in Lawry´s Seasoned Salt, horseradish and Tabasco until well mixed.
Makes 6 servings.
www.lawrysonline.com
Lisa’s Lazy Pot Roast From Bruce Aidells
Bruce Aidells
February 1, 2000
Comfortable Food
The Monthly
Lisa´s Lazy Pot Roast
***Flavor Step:
Herb and Paprika rub for Beef
1 teaspoon dried thyme
1 tablespoon chopped fresh rosemary or 1 teaspoon dried
1 tablespoon paprika
1 tablespoon kosher salt
1 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper
1 4-pound boneless beef chuck roast OR a beef brisket, trimmed of most fat
2 tablespoons vegetable oil
¨ö cup water or beef or chicken stock, or more if needed
5 cups thinly sliced onions (about 3 large onions)
6 garlic cloves, chopped
Salt and freshly ground black pepper
***Flavor step:
Combine the herbs, paprika, salt, and pepper in a small bowl. Rub the meat thoroughly with the mixture. You can cook the roast immediately, but it will taste better if it sits for an hour or two at room temperature or overnight in a zipper-lock bag, or well wrapped, in the refrigerator.
Preheat the oven to 350¢ªF. In a large, heavy casserole or a Dutch oven, heat the vegetable oil over medium high heat. Brown the meat on all sides, about 7 minutes. Remove and set aside. Pour off any fat from the pan and deglaze the pan with the water or stock, scraping up any browned bits with a wooden spoon or spatula. Put the roast back in the pan, cover it with the sliced onions and garlic, cover, and bake for one hour.
Remove the cover, turn the roast over so that it is on top of the onions, and continue to cook, uncovered, for another hour, adding more liquid if needed. Stir the onions around after about 30 minutes so they can brown more evenly.
Replace the cover and continue to cook for 1 hour more, or until the meat is fork tender: brisket will take a little longer than chuck. Remove the meat from the pot and let it rest, covered loosely with foil, while you prepare the sauce. (At this point, you may refrigerate the pot roast for later reheating. Refrigerate the cooking liquid separately. To serve later, remove any congealed fat from the cooking liquid and strain it before using it to reheat the meat gently.)
To serve, strain and defat the sauce. Taste for salt and pepper. Cut the meat into thick slices or separate into chunks. Spoon some sauce and onions over each serving.
Serves 6
Maple Pomegranate Glaze From Jim Tarantino
MAPLE-POMEGRANATE GLAZE
MAKES: 1 CUP
1/2 cup maple syrup
1/4 cup pomegranate molasses
1/3 cup light olive oil
Combine the maple syrup, pomegranate molasses, and olive oil in a blender or a food processor and process until the ingredients are blended. Store in a clean, airtight container and refrigerate until ready to use. The glaze can be made ahead and will keep in the refrigerator for 3 weeks. To use the glaze after refrigerating, warm it over medium heat, stirring occasionally.
Maple-Chile Glazed Grilled Chicken Breasts From Jim Tarantino
Maple-Chile Glazed Grilled Chicken Breasts
Yield: 4 servings
I like show-off grilling dishes just as much the next person, but sometimes the simple life over the grates is what keeps my home grilling fires burning. This easy to assemble recipe can be prepped in a little under an hour which makes it perfect for spur of the moment dinner invites.
4 (6-ounce) boneless, skinless chicken breasts
2 teaspoons salt
1 teaspoon fresh ground white pepper
4 teaspoons olive oil
1-cup Maple-Chile Glaze
Season the chicken on both sides with the salt and pepper and drizzle with the olive oil. Place the chicken on the grill and cook for 4 minutes. Rotate 45 degrees and cook an additional 4 minutes. Turn the chicken over, brush each breast with the glaze, and cook for another 4 minutes on the second side, or until just cooked through. Transfer the chicken to serving plates and accompany with salsa.
Maple-Chile Glaze
Yield: 1 cup
While this glaze is calling in a capsicum air strike with the hot pepper jelly, you can swap out it with pomegranate molasses, seedless raspberry jam, or other tropical jams. Think of this recipe as a glazing template!
For grilled salmon, shrimp, scallops, chicken breasts, or pork tenderloin. Baste during the last 5 minutes of cooking.
1/3 cup hot pepper jelly
1 teaspoon pimentón (Sweet Spanish Paprika)
1/2 cup maple syrup
1/3 cup light olive oil
In a heavy saucepan, add the jelly and bring to a simmer for 10 minutes, or until the jelly has dissolved. Remove the jelly from the heat and cool to room temperature. Combine the jelly, pimentón, maple syrup, and olive oil in a blender or a food processor and process until the ingredients are blended. Store in a clean, airtight container and refrigerate until ready to use. The glaze can be made ahead and will keep in the refrigerator for 3 weeks. To use the glaze after refrigerating, warm it over medium heat, stirring occasionally.
Matcha Hot Chocolate (from Chocolate Arts, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada) Provided by Michael Turback
Matcha Hot Chocolate (from Chocolate Arts, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada)
Greg Hook explores the sensory possibilities of the hot chocolate cuppa, combining white chocolate in warm balance with jade-green Matcha, the powdered leaves of the Japanese Tea Ceremony. Upon harvest, tea leaves are steamed, dried, then ground slowly by a stone mill into very fine powder to produce exotic Matcha, whose well-developed scent, intense flavor, and vivid color become the soul of the hot chocolate. The essence of Matcha is at one with the white chocolate, and, borrowing from the zen of ancient ceremony, in the state of tranquility.
Ingredients:
1 cup Half & half
1 tsp. Matcha powder
4 ounces White chocolate, chopped fine or grated)
Method:
Put half & half in heavy bottomed pot and put on medium heat. Stir it often to prevent sticking. When heated to just before scalding take off the heat & sprinkle in the matcha then the white chocolate. Wait for 1 minute for the white chocolate to melt. Use the hand blender to mix & froth the mixture. Pour into desired serving cups.
Yield: 2 demitasse servings
Mediterranean Lamb Burgers
Adapted from Real Food Magazine
The Ottoman Empire was vast, encompassing much of what we call the Middle East. Not only was its influence political and cultural, but Turkish styles of cooking left a strong mark on the cuisine of the area. Meat was expensive and scarce. So one way for a little meat to go a long way was to grind it and highly season it with spices and other flavorings. Ground lamb was formed into meatballs or patties often called kofta or squeezed onto metal skewers and grilled. In more fast paced modern times these ground lamb concoctions are often stuffed into pita bread so they could be enjoyed on the go as a portable and easy to eat sandwich. This burger is my interpretation of kofta, in this ground lamb/meatball tradition.
2 teaspoons cumin seed
1 teaspoon coriander seed
1 tablespoon olive oil
2 cups chopped onion
1 tablespoon chopped garlic
1 1/2 pounds ground lamb
1/2 cup soft bread crumbs
1 egg, lightly beaten
1/2 cup chopped cilantro
1 tablespoon chopped fresh mint
2 teaspoons chopped fresh oregano
1 tablespoon lemon juice
2 tablespoons yogurt (preferably Greek style or whole milk)
1 1/2 teaspoon kosher salt
1 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper
4 pita breads, warmed, 1/4 sliced off and teased open to form a pocket
Tomato/Olive Relish
1 1/2 cup diced ripe tomato (preferably heirloom)
1/3 cup pitted and coarsely chopped Kalamata olives
1/4 cup finely chopped sweet red onion
2 teaspoon olive oil
1 teaspoon red wine vinegar
salt and freshly ground black pepper, to taste
Garnish
1/3 pound feta, coarsely crumbled
Heat a small dry skillet over medium heat and sprinkle in seeds. Shake pan to toast the seeds until they are fragrant, about 3 to 5 minutes and dump into a small bowl. When cooled, grind in a spice grinder or mortar and pestle and set aside.
Warm the olive oil in the same skillet over medium heat and add the onions and garlic. Cook and stir until soft and translucent, about 5 to 7 minutes. Scrape onto a plate and cool for 15 minutes in the refrigerator.
Toss lamb, onions, toasted and ground spices, and remaining ingredients, except pita breads, in a good sized bowl and toss with your hands until well blended. Form into 4 oval shaped patties about 1-inch thick and set aside. You can prepare the burgers up to 4 hours ahead and refrigerate.
To make tomato/olive relish, combine ingredients in a mixing bowl and toss with a spoon until well mixed. Season to taste with salt and pepper. Set aside.
To finish the burger, grill over medium hot coals for 4 to 5 minutes per side. Stuff each burger into warm split pitas. Spoon over a generous amount of the tomato/olive relish and top with the crumbled feta.
Makes 4 burgers
Meyer Lemon Zabaione Sauce From Andrea Froncillo
Meyer Lemon Zabaione Sauce
Andrea Froncillo
www.sexandthekitchen.com
3 egg yolks
3 oz sugar
Juice of 4 Meyer lemons (Regular lemon is ok)
Zest of a lemon
2 oz melted butter
In a double boiler whisk sugar and eggs, add slowly the melted butter-lemon juice and zest. Whisk till creamy. Remove from stove and cool rapidly in ice bath. NOTE: Do not wait to long to add butter and lemon (you might get the yolk to scramble).
Mint Julep
Mint Julep
Mole Negra From Chuck Siegal
Mole Negra
4 ounces ancho chilies
4 ounces guajillo chilies
1 cup egg bread bread crumbs (course)
1/3 cup pecan pieces
1/3 cup blanched almonds
1 large yellow unpeeled onion
4 unpeeled garlic cloves
1 large ripe tomato
4 ounces tomatillos, with husks
2/3 cup sesame seeds
7 tablespoons Olive oil
4 oz. Natural (not dutch processed) Cocoa Powder
2 oz. unsweetened Chocolate
One 6-inch piece “Mexican cinnamon”
1/2 bunch or 1 small bunch thyme (about 2 dozen sprigs), or 2 teaspoons dried, crumbled
1/4 cup dried Oaxacan oregano or 1 teaspoon dried Mexican oregano, crumbled
16 whole cloves
14 allspice berries
1/4 teaspoon freshly grated nutmeg
One 1-inch piece fresh ginger, peeled and minced
1 cup dark raisins
2 to 4 cups homemade chicken stock, or low salt store bought stock
Preheat oven to 350° F
Remove the stems and tops from the chilies; shake out and reserve the seeds.
Spread the chilies) in one layer on a baking sheet. Toast them in the oven, turning frequently, until crisp and deeply blackened, about 20 minutes. Let the chilies stand at room temperature until completely cooled. Process in a food processor until finely ground and set aside.
Spread the pecans and almonds on a baking sheet. Toast them in the oven until golden brown, about 10 minutes. Set aside.
Saute the chili seeds in a dry sauté pan until charred. Place the charred seeds in a bowl, cover with at least 2 cups cold water, and soak for 1 1/2 hours, changing the water twice. Drain and set aside.
Place the sesame seeds in a medium-size heavy sauté pan over medium heat and toast just until golden (about 3 minutes), stirring constantly and shaking the pan. Immediately scrape out the seeds into a small bowl to stop the cooking. Set aside.
Heat a griddle or medium-size cast-iron skillet over low heat. Cut onion, in half crosswise (leaving the skin on). Place the onion, individual unpeeled garlic cloves, tomato (stem side down), and tomatillos (in the husks) on the griddle. Cook, turning frequently. The onion and garlic are done when they are somewhat softened, about 8 minutes for the garlic and 20 to 25 minutes for the onion. The tomato is done when the skin is blackened and blistered all over, about 15 to 20 minutes. The tomatillos are done when they are lightly softened all over, about 10 to 15 minutes. (Handle them delicately so as not to squeeze them and pierce the skin, and turn frequently to avoid scorching.) Remove each kind of vegetable as it is done and set it aside in a separate small bowl.
When the vegetables are cool enough to handle, remove the husks from the tomatillos and peel the rest, making sure to save the juices. If using a large onion cut in half, scrape the black bits off the cut side.
In a small, heavy skillet, heat 1 tablespoon lard over medium-high heat until rippling. Add the cocoa powder, cinnamon, thyme, oregano, cloves, allspice, nutmeg and ginger. Fry the spices, stirring constantly, until fragrant, about 2 minutes. Set aside.
In a small skillet, heat another 2 tablespoons lard over medium heat until rippling. Add the raisins and bread crumbs; cook, stirring, until the raisins are puffed and the bread is lightly colored, about 2 minutes. Set aside.
Using a blender, line up all the prepared ingredients next to the machine on the counter, place some of each in the blender container, add a few tablespoons chicken stock, and process until smooth, adding more stock as necessary to facilitate blending. (This method requires great patience; small batches will be well puréed in 1 to 2 minutes while large ones may retain coarse bits of the spices. If thoroughly processed, the mixture will not require sieving, so try not to rush things.) Pour each batch into a bowl as it is done and proceed with the next batch.
In a large, heavy saucepan or Dutch oven, heat the remaining 4 tablespoons lard over high heat until rippling. Add the purée and unsweetened chocolate, all at once, watching for splatters, and reduce the heat to medium-low. Cover and cook, stirring frequently, until the harshness of the chilies has mellowed, 35 to 40 minutes.
To use, combine mole paste with chicken stock and thin to the desired consistency.
This mole is usually used with chicken or turkey.
North Beach Lasagna From Andrea Froncillo
North Beach Lasagna
Andrea Froncillo
www.sexandthekitchen.com
Description:
This is the type of rich, hearty lasagna that the original gangsters were likely to have dined on as they sat around a table in the back of a dim restaurant, smoking cigars and hatching shadowy plans. We could have called this the Al Capone Lasagna, but we decided to go with the name North Beach, just, ya know, to keep things copasetic.
Ingredients:
1 tablespoon olive oil
3 cloves garlic, minced
1 yellow onion, diced
1 pound ground pork
1 pound ground beef
Leaves from 1 sprig rosemary, minced
Leaves from 2 sprigs oregano, minced, or 1 teaspoon dried oregano, crumbled
1 teaspoon aniseeds
1 (14.5 ounce) can crushed tomatoes
Salt and freshly ground black pepper
11/2 pounds pasta dough, or 1 (16 ounce) package no-boil lasagna noodles
1 pound mozzarella cheese, shredded
1/2 cup (2 ounces) grated Parmesan cheese
2 tablespoons chopped fresh basil
Prepare:
1. Preheat the oven to 350°F. In a large, heavy skillet, heat the olive oil over medium-low heat and saute´ the garlic and onion for 3 to 4 minutes, until golden brown. Add the ground pork and ground beef and cook, breaking up the meat with a wooden spoon to distribute the heat evenly. Crumble the rosemary, oregano, and aniseeds into the meat and saute´ for 15 to 20 minutes, until the meat is cooked through. Add the tomatoes and decrease the heat to low. Season with salt and pepper and simmer 10 to 15 longer to meld the flavors.
2. If making your own pasta, divide the dough into 6 pieces and roll each piece through a pasta machine in progressively thinner sheets until you have used the thinnest setting. On a floured work surface, cut the pasta sheets into strips 3 inches wide and 9 inches long.
3. To assemble the lasagna, spread a scant amount of the meat sauce over the bottom of a 13-inch baking dish. Cover the bottom of the dish with a layer of pasta. Ladle one-third of the meat sauce over the pasta, then sprinkle with one-third of the mozzarella and 2 tablespoons of the Parmesan. Repeat to make a total of three layers. On the last layer, top the cheese with a layer of pasta, then spread the remaining sauce over the top of the pasta.
4. Cover the dish with aluminum foil and bake for 1 hour. Remove the foil and sprinkle the remaining 2 tablespoons Parmesan over the top. Return to the oven uncovered and bake 10 minutes longer, or until the cheese is golden brown and the lasagna is bubbly.
5. Remove from the oven and let cool for about 15 minutes. Cut into squares and sprinkle with the basil. Serve hot.
Serves 6 to 8
Open Faced Crab Melt from Andrea Froncillo
Don´t let the simple preparation of this sandwhich fool you-it might be easy to make, but it is layered with luxorious flavors and textures: Creamy avocado, crunchy celery, and nutty swiss cheese are all perfect partners for crab, and they elevate the humble sandwich into an exceptional dish.
4 minature baguettes or sandwhich rolls split and pressed open
2 tablespoons unsalted butter, melted
2 teaspoons seasalt
1 pound fresh crabmeat (2 cups)
¼ cup mayonnaise
1 tablespoon freshly squeezed lemon juice
¼ diced celery
½ red onion, sliced paper thin
1 cup shredded Swiss Cheese
1 avocado, peeled, pitted, and sliced
Preheat the broiler. Lay the open rolls on a baking sheet, cut side up. Brush with melted butter and sprinkle with salt. Lightly toast under the broiler, 8 to 10 inches from the heat source, for 3 to 4 minutes, until golden brown. Remove from broiler, leaving the broiler on.
In a small bowl, gently mix together the crabmeat, mayonnaise, lemon juice and celery. Divide among the baguettes, spreading the mixture evenly on both halves. Layer the sliced onion on top, sprinkle liberally with cheese.
Place the sandwiches under the broiler again for 3 to 4 minutes, until the cheese is melted and bubbly. Remove from the broiler, top with avocado slices, and serve immediately.
Makes 4 sandwhiches.
Oysters on the Halfshell with Hogwash From Jairemarie Pomo
Oysters on the Halfshell with Hogwash
From Jairemarie Pomo
¼ cup seasoned rice vinegar
¼ cup natural rice vinegar
1 large shallot, peeled & diced fine
1 large Jalapeno pepper, seeded & diced fine
½ bunch cilantro, chopped fine
juice of 1 lime
Combine ingredients in a medium bowl. Serve a small spoonful over freshly shucked oysters (stir ingredients to make sure you get all the goodies in the bowl).
Makes enough to top 3 dozen extra-small oysters
Pecan Pie From the San Francisco Baking Institute
Pecan Pie (San Francisco Baking Institute)
From Advanced Bread and Pastry, page 496
Yield: 6, 4” tarts or 1, 9” pie with extra dough
Pie Dough
Pastry flour 7 ¾ oz
Sugar 3/8 oz
Salt ¾ tsp
Butter, cut into 1/2” cubes 5 3/8 oz
Cold water or milk 2 ¼ oz
Pie Filling
From Advanced Bread and Pastry, page 533
Eggs 3 ½ oz
Brown sugar 3 ½ oz
Light corn syrup 4 7/8 oz
Butter (melted) 1 oz
Vanilla extract 1 tsp
Salt ½ tsp
Pecans 4 3/8 oz
________________________________________
Process: Pie Dough
1. Place the flour, sugar, salt and butter in an electrical mixing bowl with a paddle attachment. Mix on a low speed until the mixture resembles coarse sand.
2. Slowly add the cold water or milk, while the dough is mixing on low, holding back a small amount of the liquid. (Tip: The amount of liquid needed can vary according to the moisture content of the flour, as well as the degree to which the fat is being cut into the flour. The more the fat is blended, the less liquid will be required.)
3. Mix until the dough comes together, but still has some loosely crumbled parts. Add the reserved liquid, if needed, to bring the dough together.
4. Wrap the dough in plastic, and let it rest for at least four hours in the refrigerator. (Tip: This relaxes the gluten in the dough. If you don’t let the dough relax, it will be difficult to roll and it will shrink when baked.)
5. Dust the work surface and the rolling pin with a small amount of flour. For the 4” tarts, roll out the dough into 12”x16” rectangle, and cut out 6, 5” circles. Alternately, for a 9” pie, take 11 ounces of dough and roll it into a circle with about an 11” diameter. The rolled dough height should be about 1/8 of an inch.
6. Line 4” tart pans with the dough, ease the dough into the bottom edge of the pan, press the dough into the sides of the pan and rim, and trim off the excess dough at the top edge. For a 9” pie, wrap the dough around the rolling pin, starting at one edge, place the edge of the dough slightly over one edge of the pie pan, and unroll the dough over the pan. Ease the dough into the bottom edge and rim of the pan and trim off the excess dough at the top edge. (Tip: To easily trim the excess dough, place a second pan over the dough to create a guide for trimming with a knife.)
7. Let the dough rest in the refrigerator while preparing the filling. (Again, to prevent dough shrinkage during baking.)
Process: Pie Filling
1. Scale the eggs, lightly beat them, and let them sit until they warm to room temperature.
2. In a mixing bowl, whisk together the brown sugar and corn syrup; add the melted butter, then the vanilla and salt.
3. Slowly add the eggs (at room temperature) to sugar mixture until combined.
4. Avoid incorporating air into the mixture.
Process: Assembly and Baking
1. Heat the oven to 365°F.
2. Arrange the pecans over the unbaked tart shells, and portion the filling over the nuts.
3. Bake at 365°F for 6 minutes, and then at 300°F for 20-25 minutes or until the filling is set.
4. Cool the tarts on a rack. Once the tarts are completely cooled, take them out of the molds.
5. Store the tarts at room temperature, wrapped or in an air-tight container.
Perfect Pie Crust From The San Francisco Baking Institute
Pefect Pie Crust (San Francisco Baking Institute)
From Advanced Bread and Pastry, page 496
Yield: 6, 4” tarts or 1, 9” pie with extra dough
Pie Dough
Pastry flour 7 ¾ oz
Sugar 3/8 oz
Salt ¾ tsp
Butter, cut into 1/2” cubes 5 3/8 oz
Cold water or milk 2 ¼ oz
Process: Pie Dough
1. Place the flour, sugar, salt and butter in an electrical mixing bowl with a paddle attachment. Mix on a low speed until the mixture resembles coarse sand.
2. Slowly add the cold water or milk, while the dough is mixing on low, holding back a small amount of the liquid. (Tip: The amount of liquid needed can vary according to the moisture content of the flour, as well as the degree to which the fat is being cut into the flour. The more the fat is blended, the less liquid will be required.)
3. Mix until the dough comes together, but still has some loosely crumbled parts. Add the reserved liquid, if needed, to bring the dough together.
4. Wrap the dough in plastic, and let it rest for at least four hours in the refrigerator. (Tip: This relaxes the gluten in the dough. If you don’t let the dough relax, it will be difficult to roll and it will shrink when baked.)
5. Dust the work surface and the rolling pin with a small amount of flour. For the 4” tarts, roll out the dough into 12”x16” rectangle, and cut out 6, 5” circles. Alternately, for a 9” pie, take 11 ounces of dough and roll it into a circle with about an 11” diameter. The rolled dough height should be about 1/8 of an inch.
6. Line 4” tart pans with the dough, ease the dough into the bottom edge of the pan, press the dough into the sides of the pan and rim, and trim off the excess dough at the top edge. For a 9” pie, wrap the dough around the rolling pin, starting at one edge, place the edge of the dough slightly over one edge of the pie pan, and unroll the dough over the pan. Ease the dough into the bottom edge and rim of the pan and trim off the excess dough at the top edge. (Tip: To easily trim the excess dough, place a second pan over the dough to create a guide for trimming with a knife.)
7. Let the dough rest in the refrigerator while preparing the filling. (Again, to prevent dough shrinkage during baking.)
Bake according to your recipe directions,
Pork Chops With Fruited Stuffing from Snyders of Hanover
1 small onion, diced
1 stalk of celery, diced
1/2 stick butter or margarine
1/2 c. apple, diced
1/4 c. raisins
1/2 c. dried apricots, diced
2 c. Snyder’s of Hanover Hard Sourdough Pretzels, coarsely chopped
1/4 t. nutmeg
1 t. ground sage
1/2 t. ground pepper
3/4 c. apple juice
6 double thick pork chops with a cut-in pocket for stuffing
Instructions:
Sauté onion and celery in melted butter until softened and transparent. Add apples, raisins and apricots. Sauté 3-5 minutes until apple softens a bit. In a medium bowl combine onion mixture with pretzels and spices. Toss to combine. Moisten with apple juice. Place 1/2 cup of stuffing into pocket of pork chop. Repeat with remaining chops. Place pork chops in baking dish standing on bone edge with stuffing on top. Cover stuffing with strips of aluminum foil. Bake at 350° for 1 hour. Remove foil for last 10 minutes of cooking. Baste occasionally with juices in baking dish
Prime Rib Sauce
GRANDMA MARY’S SECRET PRIME RIB SAUCE
Ingredients
1 pound sliced mushrooms
20 chopped green onions
¼ cup Worcestershire sauce
½ cup Kitchen Bouquet
16 drops Tabasco Sauce
1&1/3 cups catsup
1 cup white wine
1 cup sherry
4 teaspoons chili powder
8 tablespoons sugar
6 teaspoons salt
4 teaspoons pepper
6 ounces (1 ½ sticks) butter
For many years Grandma Mary Mohar cooked Christmas dinner “way out in the country” at the family cabin on Calistoga Rd. near Petrified Forest. Her almost famous sauce is delicious with prime rib. Combine ingredients and simmer 2 hours. Can be made a day ahead! Ken Silveira warns, “But don’t overcook the prime rib like Grandma did!”
Press Democrat December 22, 2004
Prosciutto and Mozzarella with Citrus preserves, Olives and lemon Oil - Appetizer From Dean Biersch
Prosciutto and Mozzarella with Citrus preserves, Olives and lemon Oil
Dean Biersch
appetizer
Ingredients
3 each large "Italian style" mozzarella
12 each thin Slice prosciutto
1 cup extra virgin olive oil
1 each lemon
1 each Meyer lemon rough chopped plus juice
3 oz dried bing cherries
3 oz dried apricots
3oz golden raisons
3 oz pine nuts, slightly toasted
1 oz chili flake
3 each Rosemary stalk
Method
- heat small sauté pan w/ 1/2 cup of extra virgin olive oil or med heat and add chili flake and toast, take off heat and let rest till room temp. Meanwhile, juice and zest lemon, add have of lemon juice to cooled oil.
combine cherries, apricots, raisons, pine nuts and Meyer lemon together and toss lightly with lemon-chili oil. Slice Mozzarella and toss with lemon zest and 1/4 cup of olive oil.
To Plate
Lay out sliced prosciutto - fan out marinated mozzarella next - spoon fruit mixture on top and drizzle last of olive oil on top and garnish with rosemary
Yields three portions.
Pair With:
RUSSIAN RIVER BREWING - - Pliney the Elder (Double IPA)
The flavors brought to the pallet with an DBL IPA, are usually zesty, with mellow fruit and bright floral hops. This appetizer enhances the flavors of the beer IPA.
Rack of Lamb from The Original Joy of Cooking
Rack of Lamb from The Original Joy of Cooking
3 servings
This is the rib end of the saddle or double loin, and has about six chops.
Preheat oven to 400 degrees.
Remove the fell and excess fat from a rack of young lamb.
If you French the rib bones as described in a Crown Roast, cover the ends with foil.
Coat the rack with:
A cut garlic clove
Butter
Salt and pepper
Place it on a metal rack in a shallow pan and roast 25 minutes or until internal temperature reaches 145 degrees. Carve into chops and serve.
Frenching:
French the ends of the bones by scraping clean from the end of the chops almost to the eye of the meat. Protect ends of bones by covering with aluminum foil.
Ragu alla Bolognese
Ragù alla Bolognese
by Biba Caggiano
Ragù alla Bolognese
Gently toss fresh or dried pasta with this ragù the Italian way, ladling it in gradually so it evenly coats the noodles but doesn’t overwhelm or saturate them.Serves six to eight.Yields about 4-1/2 cups, enough for 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 pounds of pasta.
INGREDIENTS
2 Tbs. unsalted butter
2 Tbs. extra-virgin olive oil
1 small yellow onion, finely diced
1/2 medium carrot, peeled and finely diced
1 medium rib celery, finely diced
1 lb. ground pork (preferably from the shoulder)
1/4 lb. thickly sliced prosciutto di Parma, very finely diced
Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper to taste
1/2 cup dry white wine
1 can (28 oz.) Italian plum tomatoes with their juices, passed through a food mill to remove their seeds
1 cup homemade or low-salt canned chicken broth or beef broth
1/2 cup hot milk
HOW TO MAKE
Heat the butter and oil in a small Dutch oven or a wide, heavy-based saucepan over medium heat. When the butter begins to foam, add the onion, carrot, and celery and cook, stirring occasionally, until they’re lightly golden and soft, 5 to 7 min. Raise the heat to high, add the pork and prosciutto, and season lightly with salt and pepper. Cook, stirring and breaking up the pork with a large spoon until the meat loses its raw color, 3 to 5 min. (the meat won’t brown). Add the wine and cook, stirring, until it’s almost completely reduced, 3 to 5 min.
Cook the finely diced carrots, onions, and celery in butter and oil until the vegetables are soft and turn light brown. Small bits of prosciutto give the sauce rich, full flavor and a traditional Italian feel.
Add the tomatoes and the broth. As soon as the liquid comes to a boil, reduce the heat to low and cook the sauce at a bare simmer for 2 hours. Add the hot milk and simmer half an hour longer, stirring occasionally. At this point, the sauce should have a thick but saucy consistency and a light reddish-brown color. If the sauce has thickened before the cooking time is up, cover the pot. If the sauce is still too thin at the end of cooking, continue to simmer gently, uncovered, until it’s thick. Taste and adjust the seasonings before serving tossed with your favorite pasta.
Adding 1/2 cup whole milk to the reduced sauce smooths out and enriches its flavor. At the end of cooking, the ragù should have a thick but saucy consistency and a light reddish-brown color, tinted by the addition of the milk.
drink suggestions
For wine choices when serving Ragù alla Bolognese, try pouring something Italian that’s light and fruity, such as a Valpolicella, a Dolcetto, or a Sangiovese di Romagna.
From Fine Cooking 53, pp. 67
November 1, 2002
FineCooking.com© The Taunton Press 2008, All rights reserved
Roasted Szechuan Wings From Hugh Carpenter
Roasted Szechuan Wings
Serves 4 as an entrée or 6 to 12 as an appetizer
24 chicken wings
1 cup hoisin sauce
¾ cup plum sauce
1/3 cup thin soy sauce
2 teaspoons grated or minced lime zest
1/3 cup freshly squeezed lime juice
1/3 cup honey
2 tablespoons Asian chile sauce
½ cup chopped cilantro sprigs
6 cloves garlic, minced
Cut off the wing tips and save them for making stock. In a bowl large enough to hold the wings, combine all the remaining ingredients. Add the wings, and mix thoroughly. Marinate the wings in the refrigerator for 1 to 24 hours (the longer, the better).
Preheat the oven to 375. Line a shallow baking pan with foil. Coat a wire rack with nonstick cooking spray and place the rack in the cooking pan. Drain the chicken and reserve the marinade. Arrange the wings on the rack (smooth surface down) and roast for 30 minutes. Drain the accumulated liquid from the pan. Baste the wings with the reserved marinade, turn them over, and baste again. Roast until the wings turn a mahogany color, about another 30 minutes. Cut the wings in half through the joint. Serve hot or at room temperature.
From Hugh Carpenter’s “The Great Wings Book”
Salmon Gefilte Fish from NYtimes Passover book Florence Fabricant
Salmon Gefilte Fish from NYtimes Passover book Florence Fabricant
8 servings
1/3 cup water
3 tablespoons olive oil
1/3 cup matzoh cake meal
2 large eggs
1 ½ teaspoons kosher salt
1 medium onion finely chopped
1 carrot finely chopped
2 leeks, white part only well rinsed and finely chopped
1 ¼ pound salmon fillet diced
¼ pound smoked salmon diced
Juice of 1 lemon
2 tablespoons of prepared white horseradish
8 cups of fish stock or water or a combination of water and white wine
¾ cup mayonnaise seasoned with ¼ cup minced parsley
1. Bring the water and 2 tablespoons of olive oil to a boil in a small saucepan. Remove from the heat and add the cake meal. Whisk until smooth. Return to heat stirring for 1 minute. Remove from the heat, and beat in the eggs one at a time. Add ½ teaspoon salt, and set aside.
2. Heat the remaining tablespoon of oil in a skillet over low heat. Add the onion, carrot and leeks, and saute until tender but not brown.
3. Place the vegetables that have cooled a minute or two, the fresh and smoked salmon in a food processor, and process until finely ground. Add the egg mixture, and process until smooth. Stir in the lemon juice and horseradish. Season with salt.
4. In a large saucepan, bring the fish stock, or water or water and wine to a simmer. The liquid should be 2 ½ inches deep.
With wet fingers or 2 tablespoons dipped in cold water, form the fish mixture into ovals. Slip the ovals into the simmering liquid, and poach for 20 minutes. Drain and refrigerate until cold.
5. Serve with parsley mayonnaise.
Sicilian Orange Salad From Michele Anna Jordan
Sicilian Orange Salad
Serves 4
A friend’s father made this salad daily his entire adult life, including when
he was in his mid and late 90s. It is a classic Sicilian dish with many variations. You can add other citrus--grapefruit, sweet limes, Meyer lemons, blood oranges--and increase quantities if you like. The recipe is casual, flexible and forgiving. Just don’t omit the salt, olive oil or black pepper.
Six oranges, preferably a mix of blood and Valencia, peeled, all white pith removed
Kosher salt
3 to 4 tablespoons best-quality extra virgin olive oil
1 teaspoon white wine vinegar
Black pepper in a mill
Chunk of Parmigiano-Reggiano
Cut the oranges into 1/4-inch rounds and arrange them in concentric,
overlapping circles on a serving plate. Season with salt, drizzle with the olive oil and the vinegar and grind black pepper all over, using a generous amount.
Use a vegetable peeler to make 8 to 10 curls of cheese and scatter them
over the oranges.
Serve within 30 minutes.
Variation: To serve a Moroccan version of this salad, sprinkle the oranges
with 1/2 teaspoon ground cumin and 1/4 teaspoon sweet paprika, after adding
the salt. Scatter 20 pitted and chopped oil-cured black olives over the oranges
after adding the olive oil. Omit the cheese and garnish with minced Italian parsley.
from The Good Cook’s Book of Oil & Vinegar ©1992 Michele Anna Jordan, Aris Books Addison-Wesley Publishing.
For more information about Michele’s books, columns, magazine articles and radio shows visit www.micheleannajordan.com or send an e-mail inquiry to
catsmilk@mac.com
Simple Chicken Breast From The Diabetic Chef
Amount Item
4 each Skinless Chicken Breast
1 Tbsp. Extra Virgin Olive Oil
1 tsp. Rosemary, dry
1 tsp. Poultry Seasoning
1 tsp. Lemon Pepper, salt free
1 Tbsp. Garlic, minced
½ tsp. Red Pepper Flakes
As Needed Pan Spray
Procedure:
1. In a medium size bowl, combine all ingredients and incorporate. Cover and refrigerate for 1 hour.
2. Preheat a sauté’ pan to medium high heat. Spray pan with pan spray for 1 second.
3. Add chicken breast to pan and sear for desired color, about 10 seconds then turn over to other side and sear.
4. When both sides are seared, remove chicken from pan and place into a baking dish, uncovered and place into a preheated 375’ oven. Cook food to Temperature not to time!
5. Cook chicken to an internal temperature of 160’. When chicken is 160’ remove from oven and let it rest for 2-4 minutes.
www.TheDiabeticChef.com
Simple Salad with Green Goddess Dressing From Gena Knox
Simple Salad with Green Goddess Dressing
From Gourmet Made Simple by Gena Knox
Use any leftover dressing to marinate grilled chicken or as a sauce for fish tacos.
PLACE indoor
PREP TIME 10 minutes
YIELD 4 servings
SALAD
2 large vine-ripened tomatoes, cut into wedges
5 cups mixed greens
DRESSING
¼ cup plain yogurt
⅓ cup mayonnaise
¼ cup mint leaves, loosely packed
¼ cup cilantro leaves, loosely packed
1 large clove garlic
½-inch piece of ginger, peeled
2 tablespoons fresh lime juice
1 tablespoon honey
2 tablespoons olive oil
FIRST Combine dressing ingredients in blender; purée and refrigerate.
LAST Divide greens among 4 plates; top each with tomato wedges and 2 tablespoons dressing. Serve immediately.
Skirt Steak Straight Up From Cree LeFavour
Skirt Steak Straight Up:
Hot Pepper and Pickled Red Onions with Summer Succotash and Watermelon–Goat Cheese Salad
The first time I ate skirt steak, this is how it was prepared. Wow, was I surprised. The piquancy of the onions bathed in vinegar alongside the spicy, peppery meat made me a convert to both. Don’t worry if you aren’t a fan of raw onions—I’m not either. The thin onions cook slightly when you pour the boiling vinegar solution over them, giving the whole mix an unexpectedly mellow quality. The succotash and the Watermelon–Goat Cheese Salad make for a lovely, fresh plate.
Serves 4
Grill or Pan-Fry
2 pounds skirt steak
1 to 2 tablespoons red pepper flakes
1 teaspoon kosher salt
Olive oil for rubbing
1 to 2 tablespoons peanut oil for pan-frying
Pickled Onions
1 large red onion
1/3 cup water
1/2 cup red wine vinegar
1 tablespoon raw sugar (see page 29)
1 tablespoon whole coriander
2 tablespoons olive oil
Prepare the steaks by sprinkling on the red pepper flakes and then generously salting them. Let them come to room temperature, then rub with olive oil just before cooking.
For the pickled onions, peel and then slice the onion as thin as possible—what you want are nice, big, translucent circles. Use a freshly sharpened knife. Put the sliced onions in a bowl.
Combine the water, vinegar, and sugar in a pot over medium heat. Bring the mixture to a boil and pour over the raw onions. Next, using a mortar and pestle or spice grinder, crush the coriander and add it, along with the olive oil, to the onions.
Let the onions cool, and drain just before using. (Reserve the liquid; you’ll want to keep any leftover onions in it to use on a cold steak sandwich the next day.)
To grill, your coals should be so hot that you can comfortably keep your hand 2 inches above the grate for 3 seconds—just! (For gas grills, this means 450°F.) Put the oiled steaks on the hottest part of the grill and sear for 3 minutes on each side over high heat. If the fire is truly hot, the steak should be cooked. If not, cook for another 2 to 5 minutes over lower heat—skirt steak should always be rare! To pan-fry, heat the peanut oil in a heavy pan until it’s very hot—almost smoking. Sear the steaks for 3 minutes on each side over high heat. Skirt steak cooks fast—the meat should be done. If it needs a bit more time, cook for at most 2 to 5 minutes more, turning often as the steaks brown.
However you cook your steaks, check for doneness often, using the finger-poke or the nick-and-peek method (see page 19). After cooking, rest the steaks in a warming oven (170°F) or on a warm plate under a loose tent of foil for 5 minutes. Before serving, give them a final pinch of salt.
To serve, slice the meat the long way against the grain (cutting up and down the meat’s length, not across it), creating long, thin slices. I like to put a few rounds of onion on top of the meat on each plate and then put any that are left in a white bowl on the table—not only are they delicious, but they’re also very pretty. I usually serve the Succotash on the same plate. The Watermelon–Goat Cheese Salad is best served on a side plate.
Reprinted with permission from The New Steak: Recipes for a Range of Cuts plus Savory Sidesby Cree LeFavour, copyright © 2008. Published by Ten Speed Press.
Photo credit: Penny De Los Santos © 2008
Smoked Tomato and Basil Pasta From Gena Knox
Smoked Tomato and Basil Pasta
From Gourmet Made Simple by Gena Knox
This pasta makes a wonderful side dish to simple grilled chicken, but you can double the recipe, add some grilled shrimp, and serve it as a main course, too.
PLACE indoor/outdoor
PREP TIME 10 minutes
COOK TIME 15 minutes
YIELD 4 servings
1 pint cherry tomatoes
1 tablespoon olive oil
2 cloves garlic, minced
1 teaspoon salt
6 ounces thin spaghetti
2 tablespoons olive oil
¼ cup grated parmesan
¼ cup fresh basil, cut into thin strips
1 15-inch alder grilling plank, soaked
grill basket for cooking
FIRST Preheat grill to medium-low heat. In a medium bowl, toss tomatoes with olive oil, garlic, and salt. Place plank on grill; close lid and heat 3 minutes. Using tongs, turn plank over and put grill basket on the heated side. Spoon tomatoes into basket; close lid and cook 10 minutes, or until tomatoes begin to blister. Remove plank and tomatoes from grill; set aside.
LAST In a large pot of boiling salted water, cook spaghetti until al denté. Drain pasta and place in a large bowl. Toss with olive oil, basil, and cheese; season with salt and pepper. Serve with extra cheese, if desired.
NOTE To make indoors, roast tomatoes on a baking sheet covered with parchment 15 minutes at 350°.
Southern Fried Buttermilk Game Hens From Nancy Oakes
Southern Fried Buttermilk Game Hens
With Mashed Potatoes, Gravy and Cream Biscuits
Nancy Oakes
Serves 4
Buttermilk-Brined Game Hens
2 Cornish game hens
1 quart buttermilk
1/4 cup kosher salt
3 tablespoons lemon juice
2 tablespoons Dijon mustard
1 tablespoon freshly ground black pepper
2 tablespoons chopped fresh thyme or 1 tablespoon dried
Safflower or peanut oil for frying
Flour Coating
4 cups self-rising flour
2 tablespoons dry mustard (we like Colman’s)
2 teaspoons kosher salt
2 teaspoons Hungarian paprika
Gravy
1 pound chicken wings
Reserved backbones from the game hens
2 tablespoons olive oil
1 onion, coarsely chopped
1 carrot, coarsely chopped
4 cups Dark Chicken Stock
4 thyme sprigs
4 tablespoons unsalted butter
¼ cup all-purpose flour
Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper
Mashed Potatoes
2 pounds Yukon Gold potatoes, peeled and halved
1 cup whole milk
1/3 cup heavy cream
4 tablespoons unsalted butter
Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper
Cream Biscuits
1 1/2 cups self-rising flour
1/2 teaspoon kosher salt
1 tablespoon sugar
1 cup heavy cream (plus a few tablespoons more if necessary)
1/3 cup melted butter
To prepare the game hens, remove the backbones and cut the hens into 8 pieces: drumsticks, thighs, breasts, and wings. Stir all the brine ingredients together in a large bowl and immerse the game hens. (You can also put the hens in a large zip-lock bag and pour the brine over them.) Refrigerate hens in brine for a minimum of 4 hours and up to 12 hours or overnight.
To dredge the hens, stir the flour coating ingredients together in a medium bowl. Have a wire cooling rack or two set up over rimmed baking sheets, making sure they are large enough to accommodate all the hens without touching. Working with one piece at time, remove the hens from the brine allowing the brine to drip back into the bowl or bag, but don’t wipe it off because you want a good amount to create the crust. leaving a good amount of brine on the piece. Drop it into the flour mixture and turn it to coat well. Place the pieces on the rack so they don’t touch. Refrigerate for at least 1 hour or up to 4 hours.
For the gravy, Preheat the oven to 375F and put the chicken wings and reserved backbones on a rimmed baking sheet. Roast, turning once, for 30 to 40 minutes, or until golden brown. Heat the olive oil in a large sauce pan or small stockpot over medium-high heat. Add the onion and carrot and cook, stirring occasionally, for about 7 minutes, or until softened and beginning to brown. Using tongs, transfer the chicken wings and hen backs to the sauce pan with the vegetables, discarding any fat left on the baking sheet. Add the chicken stock and thyme sprigs and bring to a simmer, skimming a few times. Cook until reduced by one-third. While the stock is cooking, melt the butter in a small saucepan over medium heat and whisk in the flour until smooth. Decrease the heat and cook, stirring occasionally, for about 10 minutes, or until the raw taste is gone from the flour. Strain the stock.through a fine-mesh sieve into a saucepan. Add the butter-flour mixture to the stock, whisking continuously to prevent lumps. Simmer for 10 minutes, strain one more time into another saucepan, and season to taste with salt and pepper. Keep warm.
For the mashed potatoes, Put the potatoes into a large saucepan and cover with generously salted water by 1 inch. Bring to a boil, decrease the heat to maintain a simmer, and cook for about 20 minutes, or until tender when pierced with a fork. Meanwhile, combine the milk, cream, and butter in a small saucepan and heat almost to a boil. Drain the potatoes, and mash with a potato masher (or put through a food mill fitted with a medium-hole disk), whisk in the heated milk mixture, and season to taste with salt and pepper. Keep warm.
To make the biscuits, Biscuits can be made ahead, dipped in butter, and refrigerated for up to 6 hours before baking. Just be aware that the longer they sit, the less they’ll rise in the oven. You can also measure out the dry and liquid ingredients in advance and then form and bake the biscuits at the last minute. The recipe for the biscuits makes nine: two per serving and one extra for the cook. Preheat the oven to 425° F. Put the self-rising flour, salt, and sugar into a medium bowl. Using a fork, slowly stir in the cream until the dough just begins to come together. If it feels dry and there are too many pieces falling away, add a little more cream, 1 tablespoon at a time. Once the dough comes together, turn it out on a lightly floured cutting board and pat and shape it with your hands into a 1/2-inch thick square. Cut into 9 squares and dip each square into the melted butter. Place the biscuits on a baking sheet. Bake in the preheated oven for 15 minutes or until lightly golden. Serve hot from the oven.
To fry the hens, put enough oil in a large, deep skillet to come up halfway and heat to a temperature of 350° F. Carefully add enough game hen pieces to fit comfortably without crowding, and cook for 4 to 5 minutes on each side or until golden brown. Regulate the heat so that it remains at 350° F as much as possible. Remove the fried hens to a baking sheet lined with paper towels and keep warm in a 250° F oven while you fry the remaining pieces.
To serve, divide the fried hen pieces on 4 warmed dinner plates. Spoon some of the gravy around the hens and prop 1 or 2 hot biscuits up against the hens.
Shopping & Kitchen Notes
• We prefer fresh game hens to frozen mass-marketed birds, but the buttermilk and crispy coating will make even frozen ones taste good. Game hens usually average 1 1/2 to 2 pounds and a half bird per person is plenty filling, particularly if you go the whole route and serve the biscuits with the mashed potato gravy. Plan on defrosting frozen hens overnight in the refrigerator.
• Self-rising flour has baking powder and salt already added and in addition to saving a little time measuring out those ingredients, we find it guarantees our biscuits and shortcakes a consistent “lift,” and contributes lightness to the flour coating on the hens. Check the expiration date on the package though, to make sure the baking powder hasn’t lost its oomph.
• There’s a lot of talk these days about good and bad fats and we use safflower and peanut oil exclusively for frying now. Hydrogenated vegetable oil is in our doghouse because of its trans fats. Whatever fat you use, make sure it’s clean and fresh.
• Brining—immersing meats or poultry in a salt solution—not only adds flavor but also improves the texture of the meat and helps prevent moisture loss. The buttermilk, lemon, and mustard in the brine we use here contribute a little tang as well.
• The buttermilk brine combines with the flour coating during dredging to form clumps that get crunchy during frying. Just be careful not to let too many fall into the oil or it will get gummy.
• Call us old-fashioned, but nothing beats cast iron for frying chicken—it retains heat, which helps maintain even oil temperatures, and a well-seasoned cast iron skillet functions like a non-stick pan, preventing even the stickiest coatings from attaching to the bottom.
• Two other secrets to crispy fried chicken: drying the dredged pieces on a rack in the refrigerator, and maintaining an oil temperature of 350° F. If the temperature is too low the coating absorbs too much oil and if it’s too high the coating will burn before the meat is cooked.
Spareribs with Hoisin-Peanut Butter Rub From Hugh Carpenter
Spareribs with Hoisin-Peanut Butter Rub
Serves 4
2 pounds country style spareribs (bone in) or your favorite ribs
Hoisin-Peanut butter Rub
¾ cup hoisin sauce
½ cup peanut butter, made from roasted, salted peanuts
½ cup plum sauce
¼ cup oyster sauce
¼ cup dry sherry or Chinese rice wine
¼ cup dark soy sauce
2 tablespoons dark sesame oil
1 tablespoon Asian chile sauce
5 cloves garlic, finely minced
2 tablespoons finely minced ginger
Remove the membrane from the underside of the ribs as shown on page 19. Then place the ribs in a rectangular dish or baking pan.
To make the rub, combine all the rub ingredients and stir well. Makes 2 ¾ cups.
Coat the ribs evenly on both sides with the rub. Marinate the ribs, refrigerated, for at least 15 minutes. For more flavor, marinate for up to 8 hours.
To grill the ribs, if using a gas barbeque, preheat to medium (325). If using charcoal or wood, prepare a fire. Grill according to the instructions on page 22. Occasionally during cooking, baste the ribs with extra rub, stopping 15 minutes before removing the ribs from the grill.
To smoke the ribs, see page 27. To roast the ribs, see page 29.
To serve, cut each side of the ribs in half, into 3 sections, or into individual ribs. Transfer to a heated serving platter or 4 heated dinner plates and serve at once.
From Hugh Carpenter’s ‘The Great Rib’s Book”
Strawberry Rhubarb Crisp from Jeff Cox
The classic marriage of flavors—strawberries and rhubarb—melt together in this prime summertime dessert.
1 lb. fresh strawberries
3 cups diced rhubarb
½ cup granulated sugar
1 Tbl. cornstarch
2/3 cup brown sugar
2/3 cup ground pecans
½ cup all-purpose flour
Zest of one organic lemon
1 tsp. ground cinnamon
½ cup butter or organic butter substitute, cold
1. Preheat oven to 350 F.
2. De-stem, wash if necessary, and slice the strawberries. Dice the rhubarb.
3. In a bowl, toss the strawberries, rhubarb, granulated sugar, and cornstarch, then turn this mixture into a lightly buttered 1 ½-quart baking dish or casserole.
4. Combine the remaining ingredients in a separate bowl and cut the butter in until the mixture has the consistency of coarse meal. Sprinkle this over the strawberries and rhubarb and bake for 35-40 minutes, or until the juices are bubbling and the top is lightly browned. Serves 6.
Stufato di Fave, Carciofi, e Lattuga Romana From Joyce Goldstein
This classic spring vegetable ragout is from La cucina livornese. It is another gem from the repertoire of Emma Belforte, whose palate I obviously share, although we may differ on cooking times. The dish is often served at Passover, the ultimate Jewish rite of spring. Asparagus or peas may be added. I´ve suggested the contemporary garnish of gremolata, a mixture of lemon zest, garlic, parsley, or, in this case, basil, to bring lightness and sparkle.
Serves 6
1 lemon
6 large artichokes
2 pounds fava beans, shelled (about 1 generous cup)
2 small heads romaine or butter lettuce
4 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil, or as needed
4 tablespoons chopped fresh flat-leaf parsley
4 tablespoons chopped fresh basil
Salt and freshly ground black pepper to taste
1/2 cup water or vegetable stock, or as needed
Gremolata of grated zest of 2 lemons, 6 tablespoons chopped fresh flat-leaf parsley or basil, and 1 tablespoon finely minced garlic
1 pound trimmed asparagus, cut into 2-inch lengths, or 1 cup shelled English peas
Fill a large bowl with cold water. Cut the lemon in half and squeeze the juice into the water. Working with 1 artichoke, remove all the leaves until you reach the pale green heart. Pare away the dark green area from the base. Cut the artichoke in half lengthwise and scoop out and discard the choke from each half.
Drop into the lemon water to prevent discoloration.
Bring a small saucepan of water to a boil, add the favas, and blanch 30 seconds. Drain, and when cool enough to handle, slip off the thin skin covering each bean. Core the lettuces and slice the leaves crosswise into 1/2-inch-wide strips. Drain the artichoke hearts, and cut into small pieces or thin slices.
Warm the 4 tablespoons of olive oil in a large, deep sauté pan over low heat. Add the artichokes and sauté, stirring often, for about 5 minutes. Add the favas, lettuces, parsley, basil, salt, pepper, and enough water or vegetable stock to cover barely. Raise the heat to medium and cook, stirring occasionally, until artichokes are cooked through and most of the water has evaporated, about 10 to 15 minutes. Sprinkle with the gremolata and stir well. Let rest for 5 minutes--enough time for the garlic in the gremolata to soften--then serve.
Summer Succotash From Cree LeFavour
Summer Succotash
Fresh lima beans, like fava beans, have a pod and a shell to peel. First shuck the beans, then cook them for 1 minute in a pot of boiling water. Drain and rinse with cold water before peeling off the outer shell. If you can’t find fresh lima beans, use frozen lima beans or substitute edamame or another shell bean. If you’re using frozen beans of any kind, blanche them first by immersing them in boiling water for 1 minute.
If you can’t get the curly tops of the garlic plant called green garlic, substitute
3 scallions, with the white and a little of the green cut into rounds. For a hint of smoky flavor, grill the corn on the cob first, then shave it and add it to the pan at the last minute.
2 tablespoons unsalted butter
3 cups fresh corn kernels shaved off the cob (4 to 5 ears)
3 finger-size baby squash or zucchini, sliced into thin rounds
1 cup shelled lima beans
3 stalks green garlic, tips trimmed, chopped
1 tablespoon chopped basil
1 tablespoon chopped oregano
1 tablespoon fruity olive oil
1 teaspoon kosher salt
Freshly ground black pepper
Juice of 1/2 lemon (2 tablespoons)
In a large sauté pan over medium heat, melt the butter. Add the corn, squash, lima beans, green garlic, basil, and oregano to the pan and cook for 5 minutes, stirring frequently. To finish, add the olive oil, salt, and a generous grind of black pepper. Stir and taste. Adjust the salt as needed. Transfer the vegetables to a serving bowl and squeeze on the lemon juice just before serving.
The FTBBLT The Full-Tilt Boogie BLT From Michele Anna Jordan
The FTBBLT
The Full-Tilt Boogie BLT
Makes 1
The inspiration for this sandwich comes from several sources, a confession
from Virginia Watkins of Niman Ranch that she likes to smear a little bacon fat on the bread of her BLTs, a story from a friend about the secret ingredient (bacon fat, of course) in her mother´s biscuits, and a tip from Adam Rapaport, senior editor of GQ Magazine, that Chat ´n Chew, near Union Square Cafe in New York City, makes the baconyest BLT around, stacking it up on 7-grain bread like pastrami.
8 slices of dry-cured bacon, cut in half crosswise
2 center-cut slices soft country bread
1/4 cup mayonnaise, Hellman´s or Best Foods
3 slices ripe beefsteak tomato, preferably Black Brandywine
Kosher salt
Black pepper in a mill
6 to 8 leaves very fresh oak leaf lettuce
Preheat the oven to 400 degrees. Fry the bacon in a large frying pan until it
is just crisp, transfer it to absorbent paper, and let it drain. Pour off enough of the bacon fat so that there is about 1/8-inch left in the pan. While the bacon is frying, toast the bread in the oven until it is golden brown over a quarter of its surface. Do not let it darken more than this.
Set the frying pan with the bacon fat over medium high heat. Put the bread
in the frying pan, matching the pieces so that what will be the inside of the
sandwich is face down in the fat. Fry until the bread is evenly browned, about 5 or 6 minutes. Use tongs to transfer the bread to a work surface, setting it fried side up. Spread mayonnaise over both pieces of bread. Arrange the tomato slices on one side, season with a little salt and pepper, and stack the bacon on top, as you might layer pastrami. Set the oak leaf lettuce on the bacon, and top with the remaining slice of bread, mayonnaise side down. Cut in half, set on several layers of paper towels, and enjoy immediately.
from The BLT Cookbook ©2003 Michele Anna Jordan, Morrow Books
for more information about Michele’s books, columns, magazine articles and radio shows visit www.micheleannajordan.com or send an e-mail inquiry to
catsmilk@mac.com
Tin Roof Sundae (from Tom’s Ice Cream Bowl, Zanesville, Ohio) Provided by Michael Turback
Tin Roof Sundae (from Tom’s Ice Cream Bowl, Zanesville, Ohio)
2008 is the 100th birthday of the Tin Roof Sundae. John E. Wirt was a young pharmacist working in the A.R. Keep drugstore in 1908 when he decided one day that chocolate syrup and peanuts over a scoop of ice cream in a glass would attract more business to the store´s soda fountain. Wirt reportedly called his creation the “Tin Roof.”
Dip 2 large scoops of vanilla ice cream into an 8-ounce soup bowl. Ladle 4 ounces chocolate syrup over the top, and completely cover with one layer of fresh-roasted Spanish peanuts. Place bowl on a saucer and serve.
Tiramisu Bites From The Diabetic Chef
Tiramisu Bites
24 to 30 bites
Amount Item
12 oz Cream Cheese, whipped
3 tbsp Splenda Blend
¼ cup Coffee, cold
½ tsp Vanilla
1 cup Frozen Light Whip Topping
2 boxes Fillo Tartlet Shells. Athens®
Procedure:
1. Combine the cream cheese spread, sugar, Splenda, coffee and vanilla in a medium size bowl. Mix fully.
2. Refrigerate for 2 hour.
3. Fold in frozen light whip topping.
4. Open tartlets shells and spoon the tiramisu mixture into each tartlet shell.
www.TheDiabeticChef.com
Torta Della Nonna From Andrea Froncillo
Torta Della Nonna
Andrea Froncillo
www.sexandthekitchen.com
Dough
1½ cups flour
4½ oz butter
6 oz sugar
1 egg
1 yolk
1 oz pine nuts
To make the pastry make a well in the flour and place-egg, yolk, sugar, and butter in the center. Proceed like you would with fresh pasta-bring flour in the well bit by bit till the liquid is thick enough together with your hands. Knead until dough is smooth. Allow to rest 10-15 minutes.
Filling
1 oz butter
2 oz flour
6 egg yolks
6 oz sugar
4 cups milk
½ teaspoon vanilla extract
Pinch of salt
One lemon zested and juiced
In a pot bring the milk to a light boil
In a pot mix egg yolk with the sugar and slowly add the sifted flour mix well and lemon juice and vanilla extract while continuing to mix slowly pour the hot milk stirring constantly. Place on stove till it gets creamy. Add lemon zest. Remove from stove add butter let it cool and refrigerate (4 hrs).
To assemble
Roll out the pastry, Form 2 12” circles, place on a circle down to line the bottom and sides of a 9 inch pan and pour the mixture evenly over the layer. Place the remaining circle of dough over the top and pinch together the edges. Place the oven to bake 35 to 40 minutes at 350° Pull out sprinkle over the pine nuts. Then dust with powder sugar.
NOTE: To get a more rustic look the top circle of dough can be omitted.
Turkey Chili with Orzo From Dean Biersch
Turkey Chili with Orzo
From Dean Biersch
Ingredients
1 lbs ground turkey
3 e tomatoes diced
6 oz tomato juice
1 onion diced
3 clove garlic
2 stalk celery
1 e Anaheim chili, diced
2 oz chili powder
1 oz tobasco
1oz chili flake
2 oz olive oil
1 cup red wine
1 bunch parsley chopped
½ cup orzo pasta
TT S&P
Method
The goal is to create a layering of flavors. Start with large pot over med/high heat - add oil and saute onions, garlic, celery and Anaheim. Once translucent, reduce heat and add turkey meat, salt and pepper (about ½ tspn each) and chili powder cover and cook till all meat is pale. Simmer for 3-5 minutes, add red wine, diced tomatoes and tobasco, leave uncover and reduce by ¼. Finish by adding tomato juice, orzo and parley, stir in and cook till orzo is al dente.
Serve with blue cheese or sharp cheddar
Pair With:
Jolly Pumpkin Artisan Ales - - Oro De Calabaza Golden ale
Spicy - Peppery strong ale with hop forward flavor. We chosen flavors found in the beer to enhance this dish.
Vinegar Pie From Michele Anna Jordan
Vinegar Pie
Serves 6 to 8
Vinegar pie is an old American tradition, developed for times--winter, primarily--when other ingredients, fresh fruit and juice, for example, were not available. This pie offers an important history lesson: We can easily live in tune with the seasons. For most of our history, out-of-season fruit was simply unavailable. Now nearly everything is available year round but as the cost of shipping soars, we are turning towards what is grown close to home. In our country’s early years, this pie would likely have been made using apple cider vnegar; you can use whatever vinegar you like, though I find the original
is the most delicious.
for the pie crust
1 1/4 cups all-purpose flour
Pinch of kosher salt
6 tablespoons unsalted butter, cut into small squares and chilled
2 tablespoons lard, chilled
1 tablespoon apple cider vinegar, chilled
2 tablespoons ice water
for the filling
4 large eggs
1/4 cup granulated sugar
1/2 cup, packed, brown sugar
Generous pinch of salt
2 tablespoons fruit vinegar of choice, 6 to 6 1/2 percent
1 teaspoon vanilla extract
6 tablespoons unsalted butter, melted
1 cup pecan halves, lightly toasted
1/2 cup heavy cream, lightly whipped with a little sugar and vanilla
Put the flour ad flour and salt in a food processor fitted with a metal blade. Add the butter and lard and pulse quickly several times, until the mixture is evenly blended and crumbly. Add the vinegar and water, pulse 3 or 4 times and turn the dough out onto plastic wrap. Press the dough together quickly with your hands, wrap it tightly and refrigerate it for one hour.
Roll out the dough between 2 sheets of parchment or wax paper or an a pastry cloth. Transfer the rolled dough to a 9-inch pie pan, press to fit and trim edges. Cover the dough with a sheet or parchment and fill it with dried beans or pie weights. Refrigerate the shell for 10 minutes and preheat the oven to 450 degrees. Transfer the pie shell to the hot oven, immediately reduce the temperature to 350 degrees and bake for 10 minutes. Take the shell from the oven, remove the beans or weights and the parchment, return the shell to the oven and bake until just barely golden brown, about 8 minutes. Remove from the oven and let cool.
While the pie shell cools, beat the eggs in a medium mixing bowl until they are smooth and creamy. Add the sugar, salt, vinegar and vanilla and mix thoroughly. Add the butter and mix constantly for 2 minutes, so that the butter cools.
Spread the toasted pecans over the surface of the pie shell, add the custard and agitate the pan gently so that the custard is evenly distributed. Bake at 350 degrees until the custard is set, about 25 minutes.
Let the pie cool for 15 minutes and serve warm, with whipped cream alongside.
©1992 Michele Anna Jordan; from The Good Cook’s Book of Oil & Vinegar (Aris Books, Addison Wesley Publishing, 1992)
Watermelon–Goat Cheese Salad From Cree LeFavour
Watermelon–Goat Cheese Salad
This salad is an unlikely combination. Once you try it, though, you’ll wonder where it’s been all your life. Choose a young, not too salty goat cheese.
3 cups cut watermelon
3 ounces new, young goat cheese
1 teaspoon thyme or lemon thyme leaves (1 large or several small twigs, de-leafed)
Freshly ground black pepper
Kosher salt
On a clean surface (melon picks up off flavors easily), cut the watermelon into slices and those, in turn, into pointed shards about as long as your finger. Put the watermelon in a bowl and add the goat cheese, breaking it up as you scatter it around. Sprinkle on the thyme leaves, a solid grind of pepper, and just a tiny pinch of salt. Toss and taste.
Reprinted with permission from The New Steak: Recipes for a Range of Cuts plus Savory Sidesby Cree LeFavour, copyright © 2008. Published by Ten Speed Press.
Photo credit: Penny De Los Santos © 2008
York Style Ham From Bruce Aidells
York-Style Ham
Read the introduction to Preserving Pork, page 000.
Makes 8 to 10 pounds
York-style hams are mildly cured (that means not too salty) and can be used straight from the brine and cooked in a court-bouillon or you can remove the ham from the brine and follow the instructions on pages 000 for Smoked Pork Butt Bacon and Smoked Pork Loin to smoke your ham. Once smoked you can then bake the meat and glaze it as you would with any store-bought hams, but don’t overcook them. You’ll want to remove them from the oven at 145° to 150° F. Because you homemade ham is much smaller than a whole store-bought ham you should start checking the internal temperature as early as 45 minutes after it starts roasting.
Since hams cured in this recipe are not too salty they will not keep for long. Once fully cured and removed from the brine, plan to use your ham in 2 to 3 days. Use your homemade ham in Choucroute Garni (page 000), Jambon Persillé (page 000), Ham in Chablis and Mushroom Sauce (page 000), or as part of a boiled dinner (see Pot-au-Feu, page 000), or just cook (see below) and slice it up for some of the best ham sandwiches you’ve ever eaten. And you can use your homemade ham smoked or unsmoked in any of the Baked Glazed Ham recipes (page 000).
Mild Ham Cure
1 gallon ice water
2 cups (5-ounces) kosher salt
1 cup light brown sugar
3 tablespoons Insta-cure No. 1 (required if you’re going to smoke your ham; optional if you’re not) (page 000)
8 to 10 pounds Fresh Ham Inside, Fresh Ham Outside, boneless blade-end loin roasts, Boston butt, or chunks cut from a butt-end fresh ham (see above)
Put the salt, sugar, and optional curing salts (Insta-cure) in a 3-gallon or larger plastic tub, stainless steel bowl, or crock or glass container. Add the water and stir until completely dissolved. Submerge the meat and weight it down with a plate so it stays submerged in the liquid. Refrigerate for 3 days. Remove the meat, stir the brine and return the meat to the brine. Refrigerate 3 more days. Remove the meat from the brine and either smoke it (page 000), use it in a recipe, or cook the meat in the court-bouillon. If using a pair of Fresh Ham Insides or Fresh Ham Outsides, face boned side to boned side and tie at 2-inch intervals.
Court-Bouillon for Cooking Homemade York-Style Ham
2 (12-ounce) bottles lager beer or 3 cups white wine
2 quarts water
3 bay leaves
4 sprigs thyme
16 whole black peppercorns
6 juniper berries
2 unpeeled onions studded with 4 cloves each
2 carrots
4 cloves of garlic
2 ribs celery
1/4 cup dry white wine or cider vinegar
Combine all the ingredients in a large pot or casserole. Bring to a boil over high heat and decrease the heat to maintain a simmer. Add the ham pieces. Continue to cook at a simmer or just below a simmer until the meat is tender and has an internal temperature of 145 to 150° F, about 2 hours. Remove the ham and strain the liquid, saving it for bean or vegetable soups or Jambon Persillé (page 000) .
Serve the ham as is or set it aside until cool. Refrigerate and use ham sliced for sandwiches or cut into pieces for Jambon Persillé (page 000). You may also glaze the ham with brown sugar and mustard and serve as Baked Glazed Ham (page 000).
Chef’s Note
• See Chef’s Note on Making Bacon (page 000) on smoking
• Insta-cure No. 1 is a mixture of sodium nitrite and pink-colored salt. It is used to give the meat a reddish color and to discourage the growth of spoilage bacteria and especially botulism. If you’re not smoking the ham and don’t care whether it’s red or not, then leave it out. If smoking the ham, you must use it since the temperatures for smoking are ideal for bacterial growth.
• If cutting up your own fresh pork leg, make sure that no pieces are more than 5-inches in diameter so the salt can adequately diffuse into the meat quickly. (The thicker the meat, the longer it takes for this to occur.)
‘Pumpkin Pie’ Made with Butternut Squash From Jeff Cox
‘Pumpkin Pie’ Made with Butternut Squash
Jeff Cox
Begin by baking the Butternut squash. Because pumpkin pie filling is so wet, it’s a good idea to then pre-bake the piecrust before filling it.
For the crust:
1 cup all-purpose or pastry flour
¼ tsp. salt
4 Tbl. butter
2 Tbl. canola oil
¼ cup cold water
1. Mix the flour and salt together in a bowl. Cut a half stick of butter into four pieces and mix them into the flour along with the two tablespoons of canola oil. Using two knives or a pastry cutter, cut the butter into the flour until the pieces of butter are smaller than peas and the mixture resembles coarse meal. Add three tablespoons of water and toss through the mixture lightly using two forks. Add more water if needed so that you can press the mixture together into a ball that retains its shape.
2. Roll the dough into a circle about 1/8 inch thick and two inches larger than the diameter of your pie pan. Transfer the dough to the pie pan (folding it in half or quarters, then unfolding it in the pan is a good method) and trim the edge about a half inch larger than the edge of the pie pan, and crimp the edge to the pie pan with a fork. Stab holes through the dough in several places in the bottom and around the sides of the pan, fit a slightly smaller pan into the pan with the dough (or use pie weights or beans to weight the dough) and bake in a preheated 425 F. oven for 10 minutes. Remove the weights and return the pan to the oven for another three or four minutes, or until the crust is a golden brown. Makes one crust for a 9-inch pie.
For the pie filling:
2 cups baked Butternut squash
3 eggs
1 ½ cups heavy cream
6 Tbl. brown sugar
2 Tbl. white sugar
½ cup dark corn syrup
2 Tbl. blackstrap molasses
1 tsp. cinnamon
½ tsp. ginger
¼ tsp. cloves
¼ tsp. nutmeg
¼ tsp. allspice
1 tsp. vanilla extract
½ tsp. salt
1. Cut one large or two small Butternut squashes in half. Remove the seeds. Place the halves cut side up in a baking pan with an inch of water in the bottom, and lightly place aluminum foil over the squash. Bake in a 350 F. oven for an hour and a half, or until the squash is soft and falling apart. Remove any tough browned skin that may have formed on the cut surface of the squash and spoon out two cups of the soft meat into a large bowl.
2. Separate the eggs and add the yolks to the bowl, reserving the whites to be beaten later. Add all the other ingredients except the egg whites and mix them well with a whisk until they are thoroughly incorporated.
3. Beat the whites until they form soft peaks, then fold them into the mixture. Fill the pre-baked crust to within a half inch of the top of the crust. If any pie filling is left over, pour it into a ramekin and bake it along with the pie in a 425 F. oven for 45 minutes to one hour, or until a butter knife inserted in the center of the pie comes out clean. Makes one 9-inch pie.
“Steamship” Short Ribs Bourguignon From Nancy Oakes
“Steamship” Short Ribs Bourguignon
From Nancy Oakes
Serves 4
Beef Short Ribs
4 pieces center-cut flanken-style beef chuck short ribs (about 1 pound each)
Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper
2 tablespoons olive oil
1 thick slice apple wood–smoked bacon, cut into 1/2-inch pieces
1 small onion, chopped
1 carrot, peeled and chopped
1 celery rib, chopped
8 button mushrooms, halved
4 unpeeled cloves garlic
4 flat-leaf parsley stems
4 to 6 thyme sprigs
1 bay leaf
1/4 cup red wine vinegar
2 cups dry red wine
6 cups Dark Chicken Stock (see Basics, page 230)
4 tablespoons unsalted butter, cut into bits, for rewarming the short ribs
Carrot Mousseline
4 cups diced (1/2-inch) carrots (about 10 carrots)
1 cup water
1/2 cup (1 stick) unsalted butter
2 teaspoons kosher salt
1 teaspoon sugar
Freshly ground black pepper
Pearl Onions
1 tablespoon olive oil
16 to 20 red or white pearl onions or 12 cipollini onions, peeled, root ends intact
1/4 cup braising liquid
2 tablespoons unsalted butter
Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper
Button Mushrooms
2 tablespoons olive oil
12 to 16 small to medium button mushrooms
1 tablespoon unsalted butter
2 cloves garlic, crushed
1 thyme sprig
Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper
2 tablespoons braising liquid
Roasted German Butterballs
8 to 10 small German Butterball, Yukon Gold, or Yellow Finn potatoes, turned (2 to 3 ounces each, see Kitchen and Shopping Notes)
1/2 cup water
Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper
1 tablespoon unsalted butter
Garnish
Braised Bacon (see Basics, page 228)
Coarse sea salt and freshly ground black pepper
Chervil sprigs, for garnish
There is no finer choice for braising than beef short ribs. This well-marbled cut becomes exquisitely tender when cooked slowly. It’s also an absolute fact that meat cooked on the bone has the best flavor and produces a superior sauce. Our recipe employs the classical wisdom of slowly braising beef, along with mushrooms and herbs, in a big red wine. We use a large center-cut three-rib piece of meat for each serving, but to give this dish a slightly updated and sophisticated presentation, two of the bones and the tough connective tissue are removed. The meat is then wrapped and tied around the remaining bone, creating what we call the “steamship” effect. It’s an unusual and dramatic way to serve the short ribs and makes eating them pure pleasure.
Kitchen and Shopping Notes
Traditionally the side vegetables would be cooked with the meat in the braise, but here once the diced vegetables have flavored the braising juices, they are strained out. Instead, the side vegetables are cooked separately, but we use the braising sauce to flavor and glaze them. This extra step produces perfectly cooked vegetables that don’t have to be fished out of the braise for serving.
There are several kinds of short ribs: chuck, plate, and rib, and each can be cut in three basic ways: English style, flanken style, or Hawaiian style. For this recipe, ask for ribs from the chuck and have them cut flanken style. Chuck ribs are usually the meatiest with the best ratio of fat and meat to bone.
The crucial step here, and in fact in all braising, is the browning or caramelizing of the meat, which is what gives braises their deep, rich flavor. It’s important not to rush this step; all the surfaces of the meat need to be slowly browned over medium heat. If the temperature is too high the meat could burn, and any burned bits not discarded will turn the braising juices bitter. Also, overcrowding the ribs in the pan will steam rather than brown the meat, and you will be unable to achieve a nicely caramelized surface. Conversely, do not allow a thick crust to form on the meat; as appealing and tasty as this may seem, it will become a dull, tasteless coating after braising.
We like to salt the ribs (about 1⁄2 teaspoon per pound) and refrigerate them for at least 3 hours or up to a day ahead, then let them come to room temperature for an hour before cooking so they cook more evenly. (All meats cook more evenly if they start out at room temperature.) When it comes to browning, it’s important to use medium heat.
The real key to successful braising is low, slow cooking, the only path to ideally tender, succulent meat. Many cooks assume that cooking in liquid automatically ensures the meat will be moist, but braising at too high a temperature or for too long results in dry, stringy meat. Cook the short ribs gently and for only as long as it takes for them to become fork-tender. Braising them a day or two in advance is a good idea, because the flavor develops and improves overnight and it is easier to remove the fat when solidified. As with all short ribs, when the meat is perfectly cooked the bones will fall off; just push them back in before serving.
If you can’t find German Butterball potatoes, use Yukon Gold or Yellow Finns. Choose large potatoes so they can be “turned.” Turning potatoes is a skill that takes practice, but once mastered it requires little more time than peeling. To turn the potatoes, first quarter them. Using a paring knife, cut the potatoes into football shapes with 7 sides, cutting from top to bottom. Sound impossible? Then start by shaping 4 sides and work your way up to 7—have fun and don’t worry too much about the shape of the potato, just make sure they are similar in size so they cook evenly.
method
FOR THE SHORT RIBS: Place the ribs on a work surface, meat side down. With a small, sharp knife, remove the bones from the ribs and set aside. Trim away any membrane and excess fat from the boned rib. Clean 4 of the bones with a sharp knife by scraping off the sinew and fascia. Set aside the 4 cleaned bones. Season the meat with salt and pepper. Place a cleaned bone in the center of each rib (see photo 4). Roll the meat around the bone. Wind a length of butcher’s twine a couple of times around the rib and tie it off. Season the outside of the roll with more salt and pepper. Repeat with the remaining ribs. Push the rib bones down into the roll for browning.
Preheat the oven to 375° F. Heat the oil in a casserole dish (large enough to fit the ribs in 1 layer) over high heat until it shimmers but isn’t smoking. Put in the ribs, decrease the heat to medium-high, and brown them on all sides, carefully turning with tongs, 15 to 20 minutes total. If the oil begins to smoke, decrease the heat a little. Transfer the short ribs to a plate and discard the oil. Heat about 1 tablespoon of oil to the casserole dish and brown the reserved bones (this will add a lot of flavor to your sauce). Remove the bones from the casserole dish and reserve. Add the bacon, onion, carrot, celery, mushrooms, and garlic and cook, stirring occasionally, until the vegetables have softened and just begun to turn golden, 5 to 8 minutes. Add the parsley stems, thyme sprigs, and bay leaf and cook for 3 to 5 minutes more. Add the red wine vinegar and cook until the liquid has almost evaporated, being careful not to let the vegetables scorch. Add the red wine and reduce by three quarters. Return the short ribs and the reserved bones to the casserole dish and pour in enough chicken stock to just barely cover the meat. Bring to a simmer and put the casserole dish in the oven. Bake, covered, for 2 to 21⁄2 hours, until the ribs are fork-tender. Handling the ribs gently, transfer them to a platter. Strain the braising liquid through a fine-mesh sieve into a bowl and discard the solids. Let the liquid sit for a few minutes so the fat accumulates on the surface (tossing in a few ice cubes will speed the process), then skim off and discard the fat. With a pair of tongs, pull up the center bone from each rib to create the “steamship.”
Reserve 1 cup of the braising liquid for glazing the vegetables and pour the rest into a saucepan. Reduce over medium heat by half, skimming the sauce frequently. Clean the casserole, return the ribs, and pour the reduced braising jus through a fine-mesh sieve over the ribs. Let the meat cool in the liquid so the juices get reabsorbed. The ribs can be refrigerated for up to 3 days.
FOR THE CARROT MOUSSELINE: Put the carrots into a saucepan with the water, bring to a boil, then decrease the heat to maintain a low simmer. Cover and cook for about 15 minutes, or until the carrots are very tender. Drain the carrots into a sieve placed over a bowl and reserve the liquid. Put the carrots into a blender with the butter, salt, and sugar and process, adding enough of the reserved liquid to make a smooth puree. Season to taste with more salt if necessary and freshly ground pepper. Set aside or refrigerate and reheat before serving.
FOR THE PEARL ONIONS: Heat the oil in a small skillet over medium heat. Add the onions, cover, and cook, shaking the pan occasionally, for 6 to 8 minutes, or until the onions are lightly golden. Add the butter and braising liquid, bring to a simmer, and cook for 4 to 6 minutes, or until the onions are tender but not falling apart. Season with salt and pepper and set aside.
FOR THE MUSHROOMS: Heat the oil in a skillet over high heat. Add the mushrooms and cook, shaking the pan only once or twice (to prevent the mushrooms from releasing too much liquid), for 4 or 5 minutes, or until you can hear them “singing” and they begin to brown. Add the butter, garlic, and thyme, decrease the heat to medium, and cook, using a spoon to baste the mushrooms with the butter, for about 2 minutes longer. Season with salt and pepper, stir in the braising liquid, then combine with the onions in the pan.
FOR THE POTATOES: Place the potatoes in a small casserole dish, add the butter and water, and season with salt and pepper. Bake in the 375°F oven, stirring once or twice, for 20 to 30 minutes, or until they begin to turn golden brown and are fork-tender.
TO SERVE
Lower the oven temperature to 350°F. Cover the casserole with the short ribs with foil and place in the oven for 30 minutes, or until the ribs are heated through. Remove from the oven and baste the ribs with the braising jus. Preheat the broiler. Dot the short ribs with the 4 tablespoons butter, and slide the dish under the hot broiler. When the surface of the ribs starts to caramelize after 3 or 4 minutes, slide them out, spoon some sauce on top, and slide them back under the broiler until the sauce and meat are sizzling.
Reheat the vegetables if necessary. Set the ribs in the center of 4 warm dinner plates, and remove the butcher’s twine from the ribs. Spoon the carrot mousseline into a soft oval mound next to the meat, and arrange an equal amount of each vegetable to the side with the bacon. Drizzle some sauce on the ribs and around the vegetables. Season with sea salt and pepper and garnish with chervil.
Guy and His Monster Beverages
Cookie Sandwich Cocktail
Cookie Sandwich Cocktail
Prep Time: 5 minutes
Yield: 1 drink
Ice
Whipped cream
Crushed vanilla cream sandwich cookies (recommended: Oreo)
2 ounces vanilla vodka
1-ounce pineapple juice
4 lime wedges
Rim a chilled martini glass or mixing glass, filled with ice, with crushed cookies.
Add a quick spray of whipped cream to the glass.
To a martini shaker, add ice, vanilla vodka, pineapple juice and squeeze in the 4 lime wedges. Shake ingredients and add to prepared glass.
Fish Bowl
Fish Bowl
Prep Time: 5 minutes
Yield: 4 servings
Ice
3 ounces coconut rum
3 ounces blue curacao
3 ounces vodka
Big splash pineapple juice
1/2 cup sweet and sour mix
Big splash lemon-lime soda
Lemon and lime slices, for garnish
Add all ingredients in a large bowl or pitcher. Stir and serve in glasses over more ice.
Shark Attack
Shark Attack
Prep Time: 5 minutes
Yield: 6 rocks glasses
2 cups ice cubes
1/4 cup lemon slices
1/4 cup pineapple chunks
1/4 cup tequila
1/4 cup Triple Sec
1/2 cup orange juice
1/4 cup pineapple juice
1/4 cup high alcohol content rum (recommended: Bacardi 151)
Splash grenadine
1/4 cup maraschino cherries, plus more for garnish
In a pitcher, add all the ingredients and stir to combine. Garnish with maraschino cherries, if using. Pour into rocks glasses, garnish with maraschino cherries and serve.
The Grape Ape Bowla
The Grape Ape Bowla
Prep Time: 5 minutes
Yield: 6 portions
6 ounces vodka
3 ounces rum
1 ounce gin
2 ounces Triple Sec
12 ounces grape juice
12 ounces lemon lime soda
1 cup red grapes, for garnish
4 lime wedges, for garnish
In large bowl or fish bowl, pour ingredients over ice, stir and garnish with grapes and lime wedges. Ladle into glasses and erve with long straws.
Guy Fieri Recipes
Asian Slaw
Asian Slaw
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Yield: 4 servings
Ingredients
1/4 cup extra-virgin olive oil
3 tablespoons minced ginger
1 tablespoon minced garlic
2 tablespoons brown sugar
5 tablespoons soy sauce
4 tablespoons mirin, or white wine
1 teaspoon sesame oil
1/4 cup rice wine vinegar
1 cup thinly sliced napa cabbage
1/2 cup thinly sliced green cabbage
1 cup julienned carrots
1/2 cup thinly sliced red onion
1/2 cup thinly sliced red bell pepper
1/2 cup thinly sliced bok choy
1/2 cup bean sprouts
1/2 cup julienned snap peas
1/2 cup julienned green onions
15 wonton skins, fried
Peanuts, for garnish
Directions
In a small saucepan add 2 tablespoons olive oil, ginger and garlic, lightly saute until lightly brown. Add brown sugar, soy sauce, and mirin. Saute for 5 minutes and remove from heat. When cool whisk in olive oil, sesame oil and rice wine vinegar.
Mix all vegetables in a bowl and toss with dressing.
Garnish with crushed wontons and peanuts.
Bacon and Tomato Pasta
Bacon and Tomato Pasta
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Yield: 4 to 6 servings
Ingredients
2 tablespoons kosher salt
16 ounces spaghetti pasta
1 pound thick-cut bacon or pancetta, chopped
3 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil
1 cup red onion, diced
1 teaspoon red chili flakes
3 tablespoons garlic, minced
2 cups Roma tomatoes, diced
1/4 cup red wine
4 tablespoons basil, chiffonade
1/4 cup freshly grated Parmesan
Salt and freshly ground black pepper
Directions
In a large stock pot, boil 3 quarts of water, when boiling add 2 tablespoons kosher salt and the pasta and cook until the pasta is al dente.
In a large saute pan over medium heat, add bacon and saute until bacon is crispy. Remove bacon to drain on a paper towel-lined plate and remove 3/4 of the bacon fat from the pan. Add extra-virgin olive oil, onions, and red chili flakes. Cook until onions are translucent, add garlic, cook for 2 minutes then add tomatoes. Saute for 5 minutes, then deglaze with wine.
Drain pasta and add to the tomato mixture pan. Add basil and bacon. Toss with Parmesan, and add salt and pepper, to taste
BBQ Pork Fried Rice
BBQ Pork Fried Rice
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Yield:
4 to 6 servings
Ingredients
For the pork:
1/4 cup soy sauce
1/4 cup oyster sauce
1 tablespoon minced fresh ginger
1 tablespoon minced garlic
1 tablespoon sesame oil
1 pound pork tenderloin
1/4 cup sweet and sour sauce
For the rice:
4 tablespoons canola oil
1 tablespoon minced fresh ginger
1/2 cup diced red bell pepper
1/2 cup diced yellow bell pepper
1 cup diced red onion
1/2 cup thinly sliced green cabbage
1/2 cup thinly sliced snap peas
1/2 cup peeled, diced carrot
1/2 cup diced celery
1 tablespoon minced garlic
6 cups short-grain white rice, cooked and cooled
3 eggs, beaten
1/4 cup soy sauce
1/4 cup oyster sauce
1 tablespoon sesame oil
1/2 cup chopped green onion
2 tablespoons toasted sesame seeds
Directions
Pork: In medium bowl, add soy and oyster sauce, ginger and garlic, and sesame oil. Add pork and let marinate for 1 hour in the refrigerator.
Heat grill to medium-high, and grill pork on both sides until done. Heat remaining marinade to 165 degrees F and use to baste meat as it cooks. When meat is almost cooked through, glaze both sides with sweet and sour sauce and let finish cooking while sauce caramelizes on meat. Remove from grill, allow to stand for 10 minutes, and cut into 1/2-inch pieces.
Rice: While pork is standing, heat oil in wok or large skillet on high heat until oil almost begins to smoke. Add ginger, as well as all vegetables except garlic. Cook for 3 minutes, or until vegetables are cooked, then add garlic. Before garlic browns, add rice and mix rapidly so rice does not stick to sides of wok or pan.
Once entire mixture is thoroughly combined, pour beaten eggs over rice and vegetables, and toss again rapidly until all egg is cooked. Add the soy sauce, oyster sauce, and sesame oil. Mix thoroughly and then add pork.
Garnish with green onions and sesame seeds. Serve immediately.
Big Buds Beer Can Chicken
1 (2 to 3-pound) whole chicken
1 teaspoon dried oregano
1 teaspoon garlic powder
1 tablespoon onion powder
1 teaspoon paprika
1 teaspoon ground ginger
1 teaspoon dried sage
1 teaspoon sea salt
1 tablespoon freshly ground black pepper
2 cloves garlic, smashed
1 (12-ounce) can beer
1/2 pound bacon
Preheat oven to 450 degrees F. Wash chicken with cold water and pat dry with paper towels.
Mix dry ingredients in small bowl. Rub 1/2 of the ingredients on inside cavity of chicken. Gently peel skin away from chicken and rub mixture into meat of chicken. Open beer can pour out about 1/2 cup. Drop the garlic cloves into the beer can. Place chicken, open end down, over the beer can to insert the beer into the cavity. Place chicken, standing up, in large saute pan. Place 1/3 of the bacon in the top cavity of the chicken and drape the remaining 2/3 of the bacon down the outside of the chicken. Pierce the bacon to the chicken with toothpicks.
Place chicken in the oven for 10 minutes and then lower temperature to 325 degrees F and cook for another 1 hour, or until the internal temperature in the thickest part of the thigh reaches 165 degrees F on an instant-read thermometer.
Black Bean Salad
Black Bean Salad by Guy Fieri
2 cans black beans, drained, about 30 ounces
1 (15-ounce) can corn, drained
2 Roma tomatoes, diced
1/4 cup diced red bell pepper
1/4 cup diced red onion
1/4 cup diced green onions
1/4 cup diced pineapple
1 tablespoon chopped cilantro leaves
1 jalapeno, seeded and minced
4 tablespoons sherry vinegar
Juice of 1/2 lime
3 tablespoons honey
1 tablespoons salt
1 teaspoon black pepper
Pinch ground cumin
Mix all ingredients in a bowl and refrigerate for 1 hour.
Blazy´s Pepperoni Studded Lasagna
Blazy´s Pepperoni Studded Lasagna
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Prep Time: 35 minutes
Cook Time: One Hour
Yeild: 8 to 10 servings
Ingredients
2 pounds lasagna sheets
2 cups hand cut 1/8-inch slices pepperoni
4 cups tomato sauce, recipe follows
1 pound ricotta
16 ounces shredded mozzarella
2 pounds bulk Italian sausage, cooked
3/4 cup grated Parmesan
Directions
Preheat oven to 375 degrees F.
Boil 6 quarts of water, add pinch of salt, and cook pasta to almost done. Remove from water and shock in ice bath.
In medium saucepan add pepperoni and saute over medium heat until crispy. Remove from heat and drain on a paper towel.
In a 10-by-14-by-3-inch baking pan or dish, pour 1 cup of tomato sauce in bottom and around sides. Layer lasagna sheets on the bottom of the pan, overlapping by 1/2-inch. Add 1/3 amount of ricotta, 1/3 amount of mozzarella, 1/3 amount of sausage, then sprinkle generously with the Parmesan, add 1/2 cup tomato sauce, and 1/4 cup of pepperoni. Repeat this 2 more times.
On the very top sheet, top with remaining ricotta, tomato sauce, mozzarella, pepperoni, and dust with Parmesan. Bake for approximately 45 minutes. Remove from oven; let sit for 15 minutes. Cut and serve immediately.
Tomato Sauce:
3 ounces extra-virgin olive oil
1 yellow onion, minced
5 medium-sized garlic cloves, crushed
6 cups skinned and diced Roma tomatoes
2 tablespoons thinly sliced fresh basil leaves
1 tablespoon minced fresh oregano leaves
Salt
Freshly ground black pepper
In a medium saucepan, heat olive oil. Add onion and cook over medium to low heat until transparent. Add garlic and cook until almost brown. Then add tomatoes and cook for 1/2 hour over low to medium heat. Add the basil and oregano and continue to cook for another 1/2 hour. Season, to taste, with salt and pepper, cool and store in the refrigerator until ready to use.
Bloody Mary Flank Steak
1 cup vegetable juice (recommended: V-8)
1/2 cup vodka
1 teaspoon sea salt
1 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper
1 teaspoon hot sauce
1 tablespoon lemon juice
1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce
1/2 tablespoon crushed garlic
1 teaspoon onion powder
1 teaspoon celery seed
1 tablespoon prepared horseradish
4 tablespoons olive oil
1-pound flank steak
Thoroughly mix all the ingredients except for the flank steak in a 1-gallon zip lock bag. Add the flank steak. Marinate in the refrigerator for at least 8 and up to 24 hours.
Preheat the grill to high or heat a skillet over high heat. Remove the flank steak from the marinade and wipe the excess liquid off with paper towels. Grill or pan sear both sides, then lower heat to medium and cook to medium rare.
Let the flanks steak rest, covered, with a clean towel for 5 to 10 minutes. Cut on the bias against the grain and serve.
Breath Mint Pie
Breath Mint Pie
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Cook Time: 5 minutes
Yield: 12 servings
Ingredients
6 ounces butter
6 cups chocolate sandwich cookie crumbs (recommended: Oreo)
Mint chip ice cream
1 pound mint candy, frozen (recommended: Junior Mints)
1 cup whipped cream, garnish
1 cup chocolate sauce, garnish
12 mint sprigs, garnish
Directions
In saute pan heat butter on medium heat. Add cookie crumbs and mix until butter is evenly distributed.
Line a half sheet pan with plastic wrap, and cover the bottom of the pan with half of the crumb mixture.
In mixer on lowest speed add ice cream and mint candy. Slowly mix together, trying not to break the mints open.
Pour the mixture onto the cookie crumbs and gently spread throughout pan, trying not to break the crumb base. Once evenly distributed, add remaining cookie crumb mixture, cover with plastic wrap and refreeze.
Cut into 12 triangular pieces, garnish with whipped cream, chocolate sauce and mint sprig.
Cajun Chicken Alfredo
Cajun Chicken Alfredo
Recipe from Guy Fieri
Courtesy of The Food Network
Ingredients
4 (5-ounce) boneless, skinless chicken breasts
1 cup blackening spice (recommended: Paul Prudhomme´s Chicken)
2 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil
3 tablespoons minced garlic
1 cup roughly chopped marinated sun-dried tomatoes
1/4 cup white wine
3 cups heavy cream
3/4 cup grated Parmesan
1 teaspoon sea salt
1 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper
1 pound cooked fettuccine
1/2 cup sliced scallions
Directions
Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F.
Dredge the chicken breasts in the blackening spice and place in a cast iron skillet over very high heat. Blacken both sides of the chicken and place in the oven for 10 minutes, or until internal temperature of chicken reaches 165 degrees F on an instant-read thermometer. Slice in strips on the bias and set aside.
In a saute pan over medium heat, add 2 tablespoons of extra-virgin olive oil. Add garlic and lightly caramelize. Then add the sun-dried tomatoes and the chicken slices. Deglaze the pan with the white wine. Add the heavy cream, increase the heat to a simmer, and reduce the cream sauce by half.
When the cream sauce is to desired consistency, stir in 1/2 cup Parmesan, salt, pepper, and pasta.
Nest the pasta on large rimmed plates, pour sauce over pasta, and garnish with scallions and the remaining 1/4 cup Parmesan.
Chicken Avocado Egg Rolls
Chicken Avocado Egg Rolls
1 c Napa cabbage (julienne)
1 c green cabbage (julienne)
½ c bean sprouts
½ c carrots (shredded)
½ c red onions (fine mince)
¼ c red bell peppers (fine mince)
¼ celery (fine chop)
2 c chicken breast (chopped)
2 tbl ginger (minced)
1 tbl garlic (minced)
¼ c soy sauce
4 oz canola oil
4 c rice bran oil
¼c bamboo shoots
2 ea avocados (sliced into 24 pieces)
12 ea egg roll wrappers
1ea Egg
2 oz milk
In a sauté pan with high heat add oil, bell peppers and red onions. Saute ingredients until translucent then add ginger, garlic, bamboo shoots, celery, chicken, and cook for 5 min over medium heat. Deglaze pan with soy sauce. Let product cool, then cover and refrigerate.
In medium mixing bowl combine cabbage, bean sprouts, carrots and chicken mixture.
In medium sauce pan, heat rice bran oil to 350 degrees. Oil needs to be deep enough to keep egg roll from touching bottom of pan. Add accordingly.
To roll egg rolls, layout egg roll skin with corner facing you, place approximately 1/12th of mixture on roll and place 2 pieces of avocado on top of mixture. Fold corner over mixture, and then fold outside corners in to mixture, making a roll a 4” to 5” wide. Roll firmly, careful to not tear wrapper, and seal the final end with egg wash.
Dredge the egg roll in egg wash, allow excess to drain off and submerge egg roll in oil. Fry till golden brown, drain on paper towel on angel to allow oil to drain off.
Yield: 12 portions
Prep time: 1 hour
Cook time: 30 min
Ease of preparation: moderate
Chicken Hash
Chicken Hash
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Yield: 4 servings
Ingredients
4 ounces olive oil, divided
2 red onions, diced
4 cloves garlic, thinly sliced
1 red bell pepper, julienned
1 green bell pepper, julienned
2 jalapenos, seeded and diced
2 pounds chicken thighs, with bone and skin
6 ounces beer
4 ounces water
1 lime, juiced
1 teaspoon salt
2 teaspoons freshly ground black pepper
2 pounds red potatoes, very thinly sliced
1/2 cup Roma tomatoes, diced, for garnish
1/2 cup queso fresco, for garnish
Directions
In medium saute pan, add 2 ounces olive oil, onions, garlic, and peppers and saute until translucent. Add chicken and brown on all sides. Remove half of the onion and pepper mixture.
Continue to cook chicken and deglaze with beer, water, and lime juice, salt and pepper, let simmer for 45 minutes until chicken begins to fall off the bone. Remove chicken, let cool. Remove bone and remaining skin, and shred with forks.
In same saute pan, reduce mixture until thick. Remove mixture from the pan, add the remaining 2 ounces oil and potatoes and fry potatoes until crispy. Add onion and pepper mixture and shredded chicken. Press mixture together as it cooks and form into 1/2-inch cake. Flip over to brown both sides.
Top with diced tomatoes and queso fresco.
Chicken Lettuce Cups
Chicken Lettuce Cups
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Yield: 6 servings
Ingredients
1 tablespoon oil
1 small carrots, diced
1/2 celery rib, diced
1/2 red bell pepper, diced
5 snap peas, diced
1/2 cup diced red onion
1/2 cup mung beans, cut in 1/2
2 chicken breast, diced
6 ounces Apricot Sesame Sambal Szechwan Sauce, recipe follows
5 fried wonton skins
6 iceberg lettuce leaves
2 tablespoons diced green onions
2 tablespoons crushed, unsalted peanuts
Black sesame seeds, for garnish
Directions
In a medium saute pan over high heat, add oil. Add vegetables, and chicken, saute for 45 seconds. Deglaze with sambal sauce for 30 seconds.
Add wonton to lettuce cup, pour chicken and veg mix into cup, top with green onions and peanuts. Garnish lettuce cups with black sesame seeds.
Apricot Sesame Sambal Sauce:
1/2 cup soy sauce
3 tablespoons minced garlic
3 tablespoons minced ginger
3 tablespoons sambal hot sauce
3 tablespoons apricot preserves
1/4 cup rice wine vinegar
3 tablespoons hoisin sauce
1 teaspoon minced cilantro
2 teaspoons sesame seeds
1 teaspoon sesame oil
Mix all ingredients thoroughly. Shake before serving.
Chorizo Spinach and Chick Pea Saute
Chorizo, Spinach and Chick Pea Saute
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Ingredients
2 tablespoons olive oil, divided
1/2 pound Mexican chorizo, casing removed
1 (19-ounce) can chick peas, drained and rinsed
1/4 onion, sliced
1 cup diced button mushrooms
1/2 cup marinated artichoke hearts
2 teaspoons minced garlic
2 pounds fresh baby spinach
1/4 cup chicken stock
Salt and freshly ground black pepper
2 tablespoons freshly grated Parmesan
Directions
Put 1 tablespoon olive oil in saute pan, add chorizo, breaking apart as it cooks. When cooked through, remove and drain on paper towels. Add drained chick peas directly to pan and saute until lightly browned, approximately 5 minutes.
Remove from pan, set aside. In same pan, add another tablespoon olive oil and saute the onions, mushrooms, and artichoke hearts until the onions are translucent. Add garlic, when just starting to gain color, add in spinach and chicken stock. Cover and let wilt on medium-low flame. Add in chorizo and chick peas, season to taste with salt and pepper
Garnish with Parmesan.
Cinnamon Sugar Fry Bread
Cinnamon Sugar Fry Bread
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Cook Time: 10 minutes
Yield: 8-12 servings
Ingredients
2 cups canola oil
3 tablespoons ground cinnamon
1/2 cup sugar
2 packages pizza dough, 8 to 10 ounces
1/2 cup fruit preserves, for dipping
Directions
In a large saute pan add about 1-inch of oil and heat to 350 degrees F.
Mix cinnamon and sugar together.
Remove dough from refrigerator and let rise in an oiled bowl until doubled in size. Roll the dough out to reach about 8 to 10 inches.
With a pizza cutter or knife cut dough into 1 by 4-inch pieces.
Place dough in the hot oil and cook for 2 minutes on each side or until golden brown. Remove to paper towels to drain and dust with cinnamon and sugar mixture while still hot.
Serve warm with fruit preserve dipping sauce.
Coffee Bananas Foster
Coffee Bananas Foster
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Cook Time: 10 minutes
Yield: 4 servings
Ingredients
3 tablespoons butter
2 bananas, not quite ripe, cut in 1/2 lengthwise
1/3 cup brown sugar
3 tablespoons banana liqueur
2 tablespoons dark rum (recommended: Myers´s Dark Rum)
2 tablespoons coffee liqueur
1/4 cup freshly squeezed orange juice
1/4 teaspoon ground cinnamon
1/4 teaspoon ground nutmeg
1 quart vanilla ice cream
Directions
In a medium saute pan over medium to high heat, add butter. Let melt then add bananas. Saute 1 minute on each side, and remove from pan.
In same pan, add sugar, banana liqueur, dark rum, and espresso liqueur. Let simmer for 2 minutes and tilt pan to side to ignite evaporating alcohol in pan. When flame is extinguished, add orange juice, cinnamon and nutmeg. Simmer for 3 to 5 minutes or until desired consistency is achieved.
Add bananas back into pan and ladle sauce over bananas for 1 minute to coat. To serve, place 1 banana half in 4 long bowls with scoops of vanilla ice cream. Spoon sauce evenly over the 4 bowls.
Cornbread Stuffed Meatloaf
Stuffing:
2 large or 5 small corn muffins (2 to 3 cups), crumbled by hand
1/2 pound bacon, chopped
1 red bell pepper, diced
1 tablespoon seeded and minced jalapeno
2 tablespoons minced garlic
2 tablespoons chopped fresh flat-leaf parsley
Salt and pepper
1 egg, beaten
Meatloaf:
3 tablespoons olive oil, plus 3 tablespoons
1 cup diced red onion
1 tablespoon seeded and minced jalapeno
2 tablespoons minced garlic
2 pounds ground beef
1 pound ground pork
2 teaspoons sea salt
2 teaspoons freshly cracked black pepper
2 tablespoons chopped parsley leaves
1 tablespoon chopped thyme leaves
1 teaspoon dry mustard
1/4 cup ketchup
1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce
2 eggs
6 ounces sliced Cheddar
For the stuffing: Preheat oven to 275 to 300 degrees F.
Spread the cornbread crumbs on a sheet pan and let toast for about 20 minutes, or until lightly toasted and dry. Turn oven up to 350 degrees F.
In a skillet brown the bacon until crispy. Drain. To the same skillet add the red pepper, jalapeno, and garlic and cook until soft.
In a bowl, combine the cornbread crumbs, bacon, and vegetable mixture. Add parsley and salt and pepper, to taste. Add the egg and mix thoroughly.
For the meatloaf: In medium skillet over medium heat add oil, red onions, jalapeno and garlic. Cook until caramelized, remove from heat and let cool.
In a bowl combine the meat, salt, pepper, parsley, thyme, mustard, ketchup Worcestershire, and eggs and thoroughly mix.
Divide the meat mixture in half. Shape 1 half into a rectangle, creating a canoe, and then loosely fill with stuffing. Do not pack it in. Use the other half of the meat to fully enclose the stuffing. Transfer to the oven and bake for 1 1/2 hours, or until internal temperature reaches 145 degrees F. Layer the cheese slices on top and bake for another 5 minutes to melt the cheese. Remove from oven and let rest for about 10 minutes. Cut into thick slices and serve.
Corned Beef Hommie Home Fries
Corned Beef Hommie Home Fries
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Cook Time: 15 minutes
Prep Time: 15 miuntes
Yield: 4 to 6 servings
Ingredients
Salt
2 pounds red potatoes, sliced 1/4-inch
5 tablespoons olive oil, divided
1 tablespoon butter
1 cup red onion, diced
1/2 cup diced Anaheim chile pepper
1/2 cup diced red bell pepper
8 ounces corned beef, diced
3 tablespoons minced garlic
Freshly ground black pepper
1 teaspoon paprika
1 cup shredded Cheddar
2 avocados, sliced
1/2 cup sour cream
1/2 cup diced green onions
Directions
In a medium pot, boil water and add 1 teaspoon salt, add potatoes and cook until almost fork tender. When cooked, strain potatoes, and pat dry with paper towels.
Meanwhile in a large saute pan, add 2 tablespoons olive oil, and 1 tablespoon butter, add red onions, peppers and corned beef. Saute until onions are translucent, then add garlic, season with salt, pepper, and paprika. Cook for 2 minutes, remove from pan and hold hot.
In the same pan, add 3 tablespoons olive oil, and the potatoes. Cook until crispy on all sides. When cooked and crispy, add the pepper, onion and corned beef mixture. Combine thoroughly, being careful to not break the potatoes.
Pour mixture into a serving bowl, top with Cheddar, avocado slices, sour cream and green onions.
Crispy Potato Nugget Hoisin Halibut
Crispy Potato Nugget Hoisin Halibut
Guy Fieri courtesy of The Food Network
Cook Time: 12 minutes
Yeild: 4 servings
Ingredients
2 pounds halibut (whole fillet), cut into 4 equal pieces
1 tablespoon minced fresh ginger
1/4 cup light soy sauce
1/4 cup white wine
2 cups shredded potato nuggets, defrosted (recommended: Tater Tots)
1 cup panko bread crumbs
1/2 cup hoisin sauce
1/4 cup oyster sauce
1/4 cup soy sauce
2 tablespoons rice wine vinegar
1/2 teaspoon sesame oil
1/2 cup all-purpose flour
4 tablespoons canola oil
3 tablespoons sesame seeds, toasted
1/2 cup chopped green onions
Directions
Preheat oven to 200 degrees F.
Cut halibut in 4 equal pieces. In a mixing bowl, combine ginger, light soy sauce, white wine, and pepper in mixing bowl. Add fish to bowl and let marinate for about 20 to 30 minutes.
Defrost potato nuggets; add panko, hoisin, oyster sauce, soy sauce, rice wine vinegar, and sesame oil. Mix together thoroughly and divide into 4 equal amounts.
Heat a medium nonstick saute pan to low and add 2 tablespoons of oil.
Remove fish from marinade, shake off excess marinade, and dredge in flour on both sides.
Apply 1/4 of potato mixture to fish; press the mixture onto the top of the fish.
Add fish potato-side-down to saute pan; cook 2 portions at a time. Cook until potato mixture is lightly browned and crispy. Gently turn the fish over; cook the other side for 2 minutes. When finished, remove, place on a baking sheet and hold in the oven until the next two fillets are cooked. Repeat the process for the next two fillets.
Garnish with sesame seeds and green onions.
Cuban Pork Chops
Cuban Pork Chops
Guy Fieri
Food Network
4 Pork chops, 1” bone in
3 T kosher salt
2 T sugar
2 qt Water
1 T Kosher salt
1 t Black pepper
1 t Cumin
1 t Garlic powder
1 t Onion powder
1 t Oregano,dry
¼ c Red onion, chopped
¼ c Orange juice, fresh
¼ c Lime juice, fresh
1t Garlic, fresh chopped
3T Canola oil
1 c Watercress
1 ea Roma tomato, chopped
½ ea Avocado, sliced
Process
In a 4 qt mixing bowl, add water, kosher salt and sugar. Disolve sugar and salt, and add pork chops to water, let brine for 30 minutes
In small mixing bowl add and combine all dry spices. In a large sauté pan over high heat and oil. Pat dry the pork chops and rub with the dry spice mixture.
Place the chops in the pan and sear on one side. Flip over and bring the heat down to medium/low. Add onions and sauté for 2 minutes then add garlic, continue to cook until garlic begins to brown, then add orange and lime juice.
When chops are done, remove from pan and put on a warm plate. Continue to reduce juices in pan by half .pour onto pork chops and serve.
Garnish with watercress, tomatoes and avocado.
Cuban Pork Chops with Mojo
Cuban Pork Chops with Mojo
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Yield: 4 servings
Ingredients
1 cup plus 1/4 cup orange juice, divided
1/2 cup plus 1/4 cup fresh lime juice, divided
1/4 cup vinegar
4 (1-inch-thick) bone-in pork chops
1 tablespoon black pepper
2 tablespoons kosher salt
1 1/2 teaspoons ground cumin
1 tablespoon garlic powder
1 tablespoon onion powder
1 tablespoon dried oregano
3 tablespoons canola oil
1/4 cup chopped red onion
2 cloves garlic, chopped
1/4 cup white wine
1 cup watercress, for garnish
1 Roma tomato, chopped, for garnish
1/2 avocado, sliced, for garnish
Directions
In a gallon-sized resealable plastic bag, combine 1 cup orange juice, 1/2 cup lime juice, and vinegar. Add pork and let it sit and marinate for about 1 hour in refrigerator.
In a small mixing bowl, combine all dried spices. Pat the pork chops dry with a paper towel and rub with the dry spice mixture.
Heat oil in a large saute pan over high heat. Place the pork chops in the pan and sear on 1 side until brown. Flip over and turn the heat down to medium-low. Add onion and saute for 2 minutes. Then add the garlic and continue to cook until garlic begins to brown. Pour in the remaining 1/4 cup orange juice, 1/4 cup lime juice, and white wine. Simmer until the liquid is slightly reduced and begins to thicken. The chops should be cooked through.
Remove the chops from pan and put on a warm plate. Continue to reduce juices in pan by half. Pour over the chops and serve immediately.
Garnish with watercress, tomatoes and avocado.
French Onion Dip
French Onion Dip
Courtesy Guy Fieri, June 2008
2 Vidalia Onions, sliced in ¼” rings, about 4 cups
2 large shallots, sliced into 1/8” rings, about ½ cup
3 cloves of garlic, minced, about 1 ½ Tablespoons
2 Tablespoons canola oil
1 Tablespoon butter
2 cups sour cream
1 cup mayonnaise
1 teaspoon celery salt
1 teaspoon Worcestershire
1 teaspoon black pepper, freshly cracked
1 teaspoon salt
In a large sauté pan, over med high heat, heat oil and butter. Add in onions and sauté stirring occasionally for approximately 20 to 25 minutes or until golden brown and caramelized. Add in shallots and sauté for 13 minutes more until onions and shallots are dark brown add in garlic and sauté for two minutes. Remove from heat and let cool for 5-6 minutes, then chop into ¼” pieces. Set aside to cool to room temperature.
In a medium bowl, combine sour cream, mayonnaise, celery salt, Worcestershire, salt and pepper, fold in onion mixture. Chill in refrigerator at least one hour prior to serving or overnight.
Yield: 3 ½ cups
Prep time: 10 minutes
Cook time: 40 minutes
Inactive prep time: 1 hour 30 minutes
Ease of Preparation: Easy
Garden of Good and Evil
Garden of Good & Evil, Bulgogi
Courtesy Guy Fieri, 2007
1 pound pork tenderloin, thinly sliced
1 teaspoon season salt
1 Tablespoon soy sauce
1 teaspoon black pepper, fresh
½ cup green onions, diced
1 teaspoon red chili flake
3 Tablespoons rice wine vinegar
3 Tablespoons garlic, thinly sliced
3 Tablespoons jalapeno, thinly sliced
3 Tablespoons Sriracha hot sauce
3 Tablespoons Miso paste
8 ea lettuce cups, iceberg
2 cups rice, cooked short grain
1 cup cabbage, green, thinly sliced
Wrap pork tenderloin in plastic wrap, and place in freezer until firm but not frozen. Slice very thin and remove plastic
In a medium glass or plastic bowl, add season salt, soy sauce and pepper to pork and mix in bowl and let marinate for 5 minutes. Heat large sauté pan on high heat. Add oil and cook pork until cooked.
In a small bowl add onions, rice wine vinegar, and chili flake.
Place onion marinade in small dish. Place all other ingredients in separate bowls and place on platter. Place pork, cooked rice, and lettuce cups on another platter.
To assembly place into lettuce cup, ½ teaspoon of sriracha, miso paste, 3 tablespoons pork, 3 tablespoons of rice, 2 slices of garlic and jalapeno, 2 tablespoons of cabbage, and 1 teaspoon of green onions with rice wine vinegar. Repeat for each serving.
Prep: 20 minutes
Cook time: 5 to 7 minutes
Inactive Cook time: 20 minutes
Ease of preparation: Easy
Garlic Festival Peppersteak Sandwhich
8 bell peppers, seeded and quartered
1 medium-sized onion
3 cloves fresh garlic, minced
Salt and pepper to taste
Olive oil
1 top sirloin steak (about 3/4 pound) , barbecued or broiled to desired degree of doneness
6 French rolls, halved, and basted with garlic butter
Garlic Butter
Process
Garlic Butter
Cream 1/2 cup butter. Add 2 to 3 cloves fresh garlic, finely minced or pressed, and beat until fluffy
In a skillet , sauté peppers, onion ,garlic and salt and pepper in olive oil until tender. Brush rolls with garlic butter and heat in oven , or toast lightly under the broiler or over the barbecue. Slice steak thin and place on the bottom half of a roll. Top with pepper-garlic mixture and the other half of the roll.
Makes 8 sandwiches
Gilroy Garlic Festival Ice Cream
9 Ea. 1/2 gallons of soft serve vanilla ice cream milk
1/2 C Granulated garlic
Process
This might be a little much for most people, so if they want to make home made ice cream, they can mix up vanilla ice cream and as it is churning, add a teaspoon of granulated garlic to start and add more to taste.
Good Girl Championship Potatoes
Good Girl Championship Potatoes
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Cook Time: 30 minutes
Yield: 6 to 8 servings
Ingredients
1 package dry form crab boil (recommended: Zatarain´s)
3 pounds red potatoes
1 pound thick-cut bacon, diced
1 cup diced red onion
1 tablespoon minced garlic
1/4 pound butter, at room temperature
1/4 pound finely shredded Cheddar
1 green onion, chopped
1/2 teaspoon cayenne pepper
1/2 teaspoon paprika
Salt and pepper
3/4 cup sour cream
Directions
Fill a 6-quart pot 2/3 full of water; add the crab boil and mix until blended. Cut the potatoes in half and slice into 3/8-inch thick pieces. (This can be done ahead of time; cover the potatoes with ice water until ready to cook.) Add the potatoes to the pot. Bring water to a boil and cook the potatoes until fork-tender.
While the potatoes are cooking: in a medium saute pan on medium heat, cook bacon until crispy; remove and drain on a paper towel. Add red onion to bacon grease; cook until caramelized. Just before onions are done, add garlic and cook until lightly brown.
In a bowl, place butter, 1/2 the cheese, 1/2 the bacon bits, 1/2 the green onions, the cooked red onions and garlic, cayenne, paprika, salt, pepper, and sour cream; mix together thoroughly.
Strain potatoes and add to bowl; let stand for a few minutes or until cheese starts to melt. Fold ingredients together, trying not to break up the potatoes excessively. Top with remaining cheese, bacon, and green onions.
Check seasonings and adjust to taste.
Green Slaw
Green Slaw
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Yield: 6 servings
Ingredients
For the dressing:
3 tablespoons mayonnaise
3 tablespoons seasoned rice vinegar
1 1/2 tablespoons sweet chili sauce
1 tablespoon apple cider vinegar
1 teaspoon seeded and minced serrano pepper
1 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper
For the slaw:
3 cups napa cabbage, cut in 1/2 vertically, cored, curly middle discarded, cut horizontally in 1/4-inch thick pieces
1 medium Granny Smith apple, julienned
1 cup peeled and julienned jicama
2 cups fresh bean sprouts
1 tablespoon minced green onion, white and light green part only
1/4 cup golden raisins
1 teaspoon salt
Directions
To make dressing: In a blender, puree all the ingredients until smooth. Set aside.
In a large bowl, combine ingredients for slaw. Gently fold in the dressing. Refrigerate 1 hour. Gently toss before serving.
Grilled Romaine with Blue Cheese-Bacon Vinaigrette
Grilled Romaine with Blue Cheese-Bacon Vinaigrette
Prep Time: 15 minutes
Cook Time: 8 minutes
Yield: 6 servings
4 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil
3/4 cup chopped red onion
1/2 pound bacon, chopped
1/2 cup balsamic vinegar
3 heads romaine lettuce, cut in 1/2 lengthwise
1/2 cup crumbled blue cheese
Freshly ground black pepper
Preheat the grill to high heat.
Heat 1 tablespoon of the olive oil in a saute pan over high heat. Add the onions and bacon and cook until the bacon is crispy. To the same pan add the balsamic vinegar and 1 tablespoon of the olive oil and stir to combine. Remove from heat and set aside.
Brush the romaine lettuce with the remaining 2 tablespoons of olive oil, place on the grill cut side down, and quickly sear.
Serve the lettuce, cut side up, and drizzle the balsamic dressing over the lettuce. Sprinkle with blue cheese and garnish with cracked black pepper.
Guys Caesar Salad
Guys´ Caesar Salad
Courtesy of The Food Network
1 egg*
1 teaspoon Worcestershire sauce
2 cloves garlic, minced
1/3 cup lemon juice
1 teaspoon anchovy paste
1 cup extra-virgin olive oil
Salt and freshly ground black pepper
3 heads of Romaine lettuce
1/3 cup grated Parmesan, for garnish
Directions
Beat the egg in a large mixing bowl. Add the rest of the ingredients except the lettuce and the cheese and whisk to combine.
Cut the stems off the heads of Romaine and fan out the lettuce on a serving platter. Sprinkle the Parmesan over the lettuce and drizzle the dressing on top. Serve immediately.
Italian Flank Steak
Italian Flank Steak
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Yield: 4 to 6 servings
Ingredients
3 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil
1/2 cup onions, diced
3 tablespoons diced garlic
1 flank steak, about 2 pounds
Salt and freshly ground black pepper
1/2 cup thinly julienne carrots
1/2 cup roasted julienne red bell peppers
1/2 cup julienne oil packed sun-dried tomatoes
1/2 cup julienne green onions
3/4 cup shredded mozzarella
1/4 cup chopped parsley leaves
2 (6-inch) bamboo skewers
1/2 cup all-purpose flour
2 tablespoons Italian seasoning
1/2 cup white wine
1 cup fire roasted tomato sauce
1/2 cup chicken stock
Directions
In a small saute pan, add 1 tablespoon olive oil, onions, and garlic and cook until translucent. Remove and let cool.
Tenderize flank steak with a meat mallet and cut into 1/4-inch pieces, approximately 5 by 8 inches long. Lightly season with salt and freshly ground black pepper.
Place carrots, red bell peppers, sun-dried tomato, and green onions in separate layers over the first 5 inches of the steak lengthwise. Top with garlic and onion mixture, then evenly coat with shredded mozzarella cheese and parsley.
Roll flank steak, starting with end that has vegetables, firmly without pushing out vegetables. Secure rolled steak with skewers.
To a rimmed plate stir the flour and Italian seasoning together and dredge the rolled flank steak, coating evenly.
Preheat oven to 300 degrees F.
In a medium saute pan heat 2 tablespoons olive oil and when hot add the rolled flank steak, searing on all sides for about 4 to 5 minutes until golden brown. Remove the flank steak from the pan and place on a baking sheet. Place in preheated oven for 15 minutes or until internal temperature reaches 135 degrees F. on an instant-read thermometer.
Place the saute pan back on burner and deglaze with the white wine. Stir, and reduce for 2 minutes, then add tomato sauce and chicken stock. Let mixture continue to reduce for 2 more minutes. Remove the steak from the oven and let rest. Slice on the bias 1/2-inch, shingle out, and top with sauce.
Jambalaya Sandwhich
Jambalaya Sandwich
Recipe courtesy Guy Fieri
Guy´s Big Bite on The Food Network
Ingredients
1/4 pound thick-cut bacon, diced
1 pound pork butt / pork loin, cut into 1-inch cubes
1 pound smoked sausage, cut into 1/2-inch slices
1/2 pound andouille sausage, cut into 1/2-inch slices
1 red onion, chopped
1 cup thinly julienned red bell peppers
1 pound boneless chicken thighs, cut into 1/2-inch cubes
2 celery stalks, thinly sliced
2 cloves garlic, chopped
1/4 cup chopped parsley leaves
3/4 cup plus 1/4 cup chopped green onions
2 teaspoons cayenne, or to taste
Salt and pepper
1/2 cup water
2 sourdough bread loaves
1 pound Havarti cheese, thinly sliced
Directions
Preheat oven to 200 degrees F.
In a large cast iron pot or heavy-bottomed braising pan over medium-high heat, cook the bacon until crisp and fat is rendered. Remove bacon and drain on paper towel. Set aside.
Add pork to the pan with the bacon fat and cook on medium to high heat until pork is browned on all sides, about 5 to 6 minutes. Add the sausage, onions, and bell pepper. Cook until onions are translucent. Next add the chicken, celery, and garlic, parsley, and 3/4 cup chopped green onions. Cook until chicken is cooked through, about 5 to 7 more minutes. Add the cayenne and season with salt and pepper, to taste. Stir in the water, cover and let sit for 1 hour.
Cut bread lengthwise and place in oven to toast lightly.
Spoon some of the pork mixture on the bread bottoms, top each with slices of cheese, the reserved bacon and the remaining green onions and finish with the bread tops. Serve immediately.
Jerked Chicken Kabobs
1 tablespoon ground nutmeg
1 tablespoon ground allspice
1 tablespoon cinnamon stick
1 red onion, chopped
3 green onions, chopped
1/4 cup extra-virgin olive oil
1 cup freshly squeezed orange juice
1/4 cup soy sauce
1/4 cup fresh thyme sprigs
1 lime, juiced
3 garlic cloves
1 Scotch bonnet pepper
1 (2-inch) piece fresh ginger, peeled
Salt and pepper
2 pounds boneless skinless chicken breasts, cut into 1 1/2-inch pieces
Mango Salsa, recipe follows
Process
In a food processor, combine all ingredients except chicken; puree until smooth. Add all but 1/4 cup of the mixture in a 1 gallon plastic sealable bag. Add the chicken to the bag and let marinate in the refrigerator for 1 to 2 hours.
Heat grill to medium-high. Skewer chicken pieces and grill on 1 side for about 5 minutes. Flip and grill the other side until cooked through and grill marks appear.
Top with the Mango Salsa and serve with 1/4 cup reserved (unused) marinade as a dipping sauce.
Mango Salsa:
2 tablespoons brown sugar
3 tablespoons freshly squeezed lime juice
1/2 teaspoon hot sauce
1 tablespoon minced ginger
1 mango, diced
1 English cucumber, diced
2 green onions, diced
In a medium bowl, combine sugar, lime juice, hot sauce, and ginger. Mix thoroughly and add the remaining ingredients. Toss and refrigerate for 1 hour.
Jicama Slaw
Jicama Slaw
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Yield: 4 servings
Ingredients
3 tablespoons lime juice
1/2 teaspoon red chili flakes
1/2 teaspoon chili powder
6 tablespoons rice wine vinegar
1 teaspoon sugar
6 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil
1 teaspoon salt
1 teaspoon pepper
1 1/2 cups peeled, julienned jicama
1 cup, peeled, julienned carrots
1 cup shredded napa cabbage
1/2 cup thinly sliced red onion
1 cup julienned English cucumber
1/2 cup julienned red bell pepper
1 tablespoon cilantro, chopped
Directions
In a small mixing bowl add lime juice, chili flakes, rice wine vinegar, sugar, and extra-virgin olive oil. Season with salt and pepper and whisk to combine.
Combine the jicama, carrots, cabbage and onion, cucumber, red pepper and cilantro in large bowl and toss.
Add dressing to vegetables and let sit for 15 minutes, stirring 2 or 3 times. Serve.
Johnny Garlics French Onion Soup
BEEF STOCK
ROAST BEEF BONES IN THE OVEN UNTIL CAREMLIZED. YOU CAN ADD AND ROAST ROSEMARY, ONIONS, CARROTS AND CELERY HERE IF YOU WOULD LIKE.
AFTER ROASTING THE BONES DOWN, ADD THE BONES TO A STOCK POT OF WATER AND ADD ONIONS, CARROTS, CELERY AND ROSEMARY ALL TO TASTE IF THEY WERE NOT ADDED DURING THE ROASTING PROCESS.
GENTLY SIMMER INGREDIENTS UNTIL SOME OF THE LIQUID RENDERS DOWN. STRAIN BROTH THROUGH A FINE MESH STRAINER TO REMOVE BONES AND VEGETABLES.
(THE SAME PROCESS CAN BE DONE USING CHICKEN BONES FOR CHICKEN STOCK).
ALLOW THE BROTH TO COOL IN THE REFRIGORATOR. AFTER THE BROTH HAS COOLED THE FAT WILL RISE TO THE TOP AND CAN BE REMOVED WITH A SPOON. AFTER THE FAT HAS BEEN SCRAPED OFF THE TOP OF THE BROTH, STRAIN THE BROTH AGAIN.
JOHNNY GARLICS FRENCH ONION SOUP
CARMELIZE YELLOW ONIONS. ADD CHOPPPOED GARLIC AND ROSEMARY TOWARD THE END OF COOKING. ALLOW THE HEAT TO PENETRATE THE HERBS AND GARLIC. ADD THE ONION MIXTURE TO YOUR PREPARED BEEF BROTH. BRING TO A BOIL.
SERVE FRENCH ONION SOUP WITH A TOASTED, COMPLETEY DRY CROUTON ON TOP AND GRUYERE CHEESE TO TASTE. CARMELIZE THE CHEESE UNDER THE BROILER.
Johnny Garlic’s Famous Garlic rosemary mashed potatoes
Johnny Garlic’s Famous Garlic rosemary mashed potatoes
5 lb Potatoes, Yukon gold, cut in 2- 3 in pieces
2 T olive oil
½ c Half and half
3 T Butter
4 T Garlic, minced
2 t Rosemary, fresh, minced
2 t Salt
1 t White pepper
¼ c Chives
Wash and cut potatoes, add potatoes and cold water to pot and cover potatoes by 1 inch of water. Turn heat to medium and simmer ( do not boil) potatoes for 15 minutes or until fork tender.
Strain potatoes from pot, and hold. In same pot add oil, butter, garlic and rosemary. Lightly sauté over medium heat. When slightly brown add potatoes back in pot, mix with garlic and rosemary.
Remove from heat, add milk, salt and pepper, and mash with potato masher. Garnish with chives
Mojito Chicken
1 ea Whole chicken
2 T granulated garlic
1 T onion powder
¼ t cumin
1 T dried oregano leaves
2T kosher salt
1T fresh cracked black pepper
1t smoked paprika
In a large mixing bowl combine all the ingredients and proceed to rub chicken with spice mixture. Refrigerate for thirty minutes. Add chicken to marinade [marinade recipe to follow]
[Marinade]
1C of orange juice
1/4C of fresh lime juice
1/4C of white whine vinegar
1/4C of olive oil
Combine all ingredients in the same mixing bowl and pace chicken in marinade, cover and refrigerate for at least 1 hour
Process
Mojito Glaze
½ C of dark rum
1T of brown sugar
½ C of chicken broth
¼ C mint leaves chopped
½ C of warm water
2T of cornstarch
In a small mixing bowl Wisk together warm water and corn starch. Mix thouroughly.Reserve.
In medium sauce pot place all remaining ingredients and over high heat reduce by half
When reduced add cornstarch mixture to simmering liquid and wisk for 5 min until 50% thicker.
Add mint leaves
Place in small bowl and reserve.
With poultry shears remove the back of the chicken
Take each half of the chicken and press down with light pressure until flat
With large sauté pan over medium to high heat put 4T of Evoo When oil is hot place chicken skin side down and sear.
When skin is golden flip chicken and add a1/2 cup of marinade into pan
Then place chicken in oven for 40 minutes at 300 degrees
Remove from oven and glaze with rum mixture
Rest and serve.
Morgan´s Veggie Patties
Morgan´s Veggie Patties
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Yield: 4 servings
Ingredients
2 ounces olive oil
3 tablespoons diced red onion
2 tablespoons diced black olives
2 tablespoons diced red bell peppers
1 teaspoon diced jalapeno
1 1/2 tablespoons diced garlic
1 tablespoon diced artichoke
4 ounces black beans, drained
4 ounces chickpeas, drained
4 ounces white beans, drained
6 ounces rolled oats
1/2 teaspoon Hungarian paprika
1/2 teaspoon chili powder
1 teaspoon dried oregano
1 tablespoon minced fresh parsley leaves
1/2 teaspoon red chili flakes
1/2 teaspoon ground cumin
1/2 teaspoon celery salt
1/4 teaspoon ground sage
2 tablespoons seasoned bread crumbs
1 egg
Directions
In a medium saute pan over medium heat, add 1-ounce olive oil and all raw vegetables except beans. Saute until translucent. Remove and cool.
Add veggies to beans and mix thoroughly. Add all dry ingredients along with the egg. Thoroughly mix all ingredients and form into 4 patties, cover and refrigerate for 30 minutes.
In saute pan add 1-ounce olive oil, and cook patties 2 to 3 minutes per side.
Oak Town Garlic Vinegar Chicken
6 tablespoons olive oil, divided
2 medium yellow onions, julienned
2 Anaheim chiles, cleaned and julienned
6 boneless, skinless chicken thighs
3/4 cup minced garlic, divided
8 ounces beer
8 ounces chicken stock
2 tablespoons all-purpose flour
Salt and freshly ground black pepper
1 teaspoon dried oregano
1 teaspoon paprika
1/2 teaspoon chili powder
1/2 cup red wine vinegar
3 tablespoons green onions, sliced
In large saute pan over medium heat add 2 tablespoons oil, onions, chiles and saute for 3 minutes until translucent. Add chicken thighs and lightly brown. Add 1/4 cup garlic and saute. Deglaze with beer and chicken stock. Cook for 3 to 5 minutes, until chicken is 3/4 of the way cooked. Remove chicken from saute pan, and let cool, reserve pan and braising broth.
In medium saute pan heat another 2 tablespoons olive oil and lightly caramelize remaining 1/2 cup garlic. When done, remove from heat, and let cool.
In medium mixing bowl, combine, flour, salt and pepper, oregano, paprika, and chili powder. Combine thoroughly, add cooked garlic and mix into a paste.
Take cooled, cooked chicken and press paste on to the chicken. Heat remaining 2 tablespoons of olive oil in garlic pan, and gently place chicken in the pan. Lightly brown chicken on both sides.
Simmer reserved braising broth and add red wine vinegar. When chicken is cooked on both sides, pour vinegar broth over chicken and let simmer for 3 to 5 minutes.
Garnish with green onions.
Parmesan Taters
Parmesan Taters
From Guy Fieri Courtesy of The Food Network
Cook Time: 30 minutes
Yeild; 4 servings
Ingredients
5 cups frozen tater tots
1/4 cup olive oil
Salt and freshly ground black pepper
1 1/2 tablespoons crushed garlic
3 tablespoons chopped flat-leaf parsley
1/2 cup grated Parmesan
Directions
Preheat the oven to 400 degrees F.
Combine the tater tots and the olive oil in a bowl. Toss to coat, spread on a baking sheet and bake until golden brown and crisp, about 30 minutes.
Remove the tater tots from the oven, season with salt and pepper and transfer to a mixing bowl. To the taters, add the garlic, parsley and cheese. Toss to combine and serve immediately.
Pot Sticker Ginger Pork
Pot Sticker: Ginger Pork
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Yield: 12 potstickers
Ingredients
6 ounces ground pork
1/4 cup diced white onion
2 tablespoons minced ginger
1 tablespoon minced garlic
4 tablespoons diced green onion
1 teaspoon soy sauce
1/4 teaspoon sesame oil
Pinch salt and pepper
12 round wonton/potsticker wrappers
1 egg, whipped
1 teaspoon oil
Directions
In a medium bowl, add the pork, onions, ginger, garlic, green onions, soy sauce, sesame oil, salt and pepper. Mix together until thoroughly combined.
In a medium stock pot, boil 2 quarts of water.
Place 1 tablespoon of the mixture in the middle of a wrapper. Brush the edges of the wrapper with the end and fold in half. Repeat with the remaining wrappers.
Place wrappers in boiling water for 1 minute, remove, and cool individually on cooling rack.
When ready for service, heat saute pan with 1 teaspoon oil, and saute on medium-high heat until the skin of the wrapper is browned.
Pot sticker: Ginger pork
Pot sticker: Ginger pork
12 ea Wonton / Potsticker wrappers, round, thick
6 oz Pork, ground
¼ c Onion, white, diced
2 T Ginger, minced
1 T Garlic, minced
¼ t Sesame oil
1 t Oil
4 T Green onion, diced
1 t Soy sauce
1 ea Egg, whipped
In a mediume sauté pan add canola oil, onions, pork, ginger and garlic. Saute for 3 minutes or until pork is cooked. Add green onions, soy sauce, and sesame oil, salt and pepper to taste. Mix and let cool.
In a medium stock pot, boil 2 quarts of water.
Dredge wrapper in egg, then place 1 t (+/-) of mixture in center of wrapper, Pinch the top of the wrapper first, the pleat the wrapper 2 times from the right and 2 times from the left, and insure that entire wrapper is sealed.
Place wrappers in boiling water for 1 minute, remove, cool individually on cooling rack.
When ready for service, heat sauté pan with 1 t oil, and sauté on medium high until skin of wrapper is browned.
Potato Hoisin Halibut
2 lb Halibut, filet, cut in 4 pcs
2 c Shredded potatoes nuggets, defrosted, like “tater tots”
½ c Panko bread crumbs
½ c Hoisin Sauce
¼ c Oyster sauce
¼ c Soy sauce
¼ c Light soy sauce
1 T Ginger, fresh minced
1t Black pepper, fresh ground
2 T Rice wine vinegar
½ c Flour
½ t Sesame oil
3 T Sesame seeds, toasted
½ c Green onions, chopped
4 T Rice bran oil, or canola
Process
Cut Halibut in 4 equal pieces. In a mixing bowl, combine ginger, 1/4c light soy sauce, white wine, and pepper in mixing bowl. Add fish to bowl and let marinate for 20 minutes.
Defrost potatoes nuggets, add panko, hoisin, oyster sauce, soy sauce, rice wine vinegar, and sesame oil. Mix together thoroughly, and divide in 4 equal amounts..
Remove fish from marinade, remove excess moisture, and dredge in flour on both sides.
Heat a medium non stick sauté pan to medium/high, and add 2 T of oil. Apply ¼ of potato mixture to fish, and form around the top of the fish, pressing the mixture onto the fish.
Add fish to sauté pan, potato mixture down first and cook two portions at a time. Cook until potato mixture is lightly browned and crispy. Gentle turn the fish over, and cook the other side for 2 minutes. When finished remove and place of a baking sheet and hold in the oven, at 200 degrees, until the next two filets are cooked. Repeat the process for the next two filets.
Garnish with sesame seeds and green onions
Pulled Pork Egg Rolls
Pulled Pork Egg Rolls
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Yield: 8 to 12 egg rolls
Ingredients
Pulled Pork:
2-pound pork butt, cut into 4 pieces
Salt and freshly ground black pepper
1/2 red onion, diced
3/4 cup white vinegar
1 bottle BBQ sauce
Cole Slaw:
1/3 cup mayonnaise
2 tablespoons apple cider vinegar
1 tablespoon sugar
1 teaspoon celery salt
1/2 teaspoon garlic salt
1 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper
1 bag pre-shredded coleslaw mix
1/2 red onion, halved
Egg Rolls:
4 cups vegetable oil
3 eggs
3 tablespoons milk
12 egg roll wrappers
Directions
For the pork: Preheat the oven to 300 degrees F.
Season the pork with salt and pepper. Place in a braising pan and add the onion, vinegar, and BBQ sauce. Toss well. Braise for 3 hours, covered, until fork tender. Remove meat with a slotted spoon and "pull" with forks until shredded. Add braising liquid, to taste. Cool.
For the slaw: Mix the mayonnaise, vinegar, sugar, celery salt, garlic salt, and pepper in a large bowl. Add the vegetables and mix thoroughly. Let sit 10 to 15 minutes before serving.
For the egg rolls: In large saucepan, heat the vegetable oil to 350 degrees F. Add enough oil to keep the egg rolls from touching the bottom of the pan.
In a shallow bowl, beat the eggs and milk together and set aside.
With the corner of the wrappers facing you, place approximately 1/12th of the pulled pork on each wrapper. Place a dollop of coleslaw on top. Fold the corner over the filling, and then fold the outside corners in, making a roll a 4 to 5-inches wide. Roll firmly, being careful to not tear wrapper, and seal the final end with egg wash.
Dredge the roll in egg wash, allow excess to drain off, and submerge the roll in the hot oil. Fry until golden brown. Drain on paper towels and cut on an angle, if desired.
Rhode Island Calamari
Rhode Island Calamari
Recipe courtesy Guy Fieri
Food Network
Cook Time: 25 min
Yield
4 servings
Ingredients
4 cups canola oil
4 ounces olive oil
4 ounces butter
1 cup sliced pepperoncini
1/2 cup chopped red onion
1/4 cup minced garlic
1/2 cup white wine
1/4 cup clam juice
1 teaspoon crushed red pepper
1 round loaf sourdough bread
1/2 teaspoon cornstarch
2 cups all-purpose flour
1 tablespoon seasoning salt
1/2 teaspoon cayenne
12 ounces calamari, tubes and tentacles, cut in 1/4-inch thick
3 ounces diced Roma tomatoes
3 ounces chopped scallions
Directions
Heat canola oil in a deep pot to 350 degrees F.
In a skillet over high heat, combine olive oil, butter, pepperoncini and onion. Saute until lightly caramelized, then add garlic and cook until tender. Deglaze with white wine and cook until slightly reduced. Add the clam juice, red pepper, and lower heat to a simmer.
Core out bread and lightly toast the bread bowl. Set aside.
In a medium bowl, mix cornstarch, flour, seasoning salt and cayenne. Toss calamari in flour and shake off excess.
Fry calamari in oil until golden brown and crispy. Toss fried calamari with the sauce and pour into the toasted bread bowl. Garnish with Roma tomatoes and scallions.
Root Gratin
Root Gratin
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Cook Time: 1 hour and 5 minutes
Yield: 8 servings
Ingredients
1 pound parsnips, peeled
1 pound sweet potato, peeled
1 pound celery root, peeled
1 pound russet potatoes, peeled
1 cup heavy cream
1/2 cup low-sodium chicken stock
1 teaspoon dried tarragon
1 tablespoon minced garlic
6 ounces Gorgonzola cheese, crumbled
1 teaspoon salt
2 teaspoons freshly ground black pepper
Special equipment: a 1 1/4 quart oval gratin dish
Directions
Preheat oven to 400 degrees F with rack in middle.
Slice vegetables into 1/4-inch thick slices. In a large bowl, toss vegetables with cream, stock, tarragon and salt and pepper, garlic and Gorgonzola. Put into prepared gratin dish. Cover loosely with heavy duty foil. Bake for 1 hour, until vegetables are fork tender. If tender, remove foil, leave dish on middle rack and turn broiler on high. Broil gratin until top is golden, 3 to 4 minutes. Let cool 10 minutes before serving.
Gratin can be made 1 day ahead and reheated at 325 degrees F, covered with foil for approximately 50 minutes.
Sauerkraut
Sauerkraut
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Yield: 12 cups
Sauerkraut
Sauerkraut
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Yield: 12 cups
5 pounds green cabbage, shredded
3 tablespoons pickling salt
1 tablespoon juniper berries
2 teaspoons caraway seeds
1 quart water, in a sanitized glass jar
In large mixing bowl, mix cabbage thoroughly with salt, juniper berries, and caraway seeds, using hands or tongs. If using your hands, make sure that they are very clean prior to mixing. Let stand for 10 minutes.
Pack cabbage mixture down into a large plastic food container. Top with a lid smaller than the opening of the container and place a glass jar filled with the quart of water on top of the lid. Place in a cool area overnight (65 to 70 degrees F). In a day, the cabbage should have given up enough liquid to be completely submerged. The jar serves as a weight to keep the cabbage submerged and away from air.
Check cabbage every other day for approximately 2 weeks and skim the surface of scum, if necessary. Let stand for 4 weeks. Transfer to an airtight container and store in the refrigerator for up to 6 months.
Sloppy Joes with Maui Onion Straws
1 lb Ground beef
1 lb Ground Pork
1 ea Red bell pepper, diced
1 ea Green bell pepper diced
1 ea Jalapeno, seeded, deviened, diced
1 ea Red onion, diced
2 T Garlic, minced
½ c Red wine vinegar
1 t Cayenne pepper
1 T Paprika
1 t Cumin
1 t Dry mustard
6 oz Tomato paste
12 oz Tomato sauce
4 T Worchester sauce
2 T Black pepper, fresh ground
1 T Salt, kosher
¼ c Red wine
4 T Canola oil
8 ea Kaiser rolls, or quality hamburger bun, toasted
Process
In a large sauté pan over medium to high heat, add 4 T canola oil, peppers and onions. Cook for 3 minutes then add beef and pork. Cook thoroughly, breaking up meat while cooking, when meat is cooked add garlic. Depending on amount residual grease, you may need to drain the grease off the pan. Deglaze with red wine, and add remaining ingredients. Reduce heat and simmer for 20 to 30 minutes.
Serve on toasted rolls and top with Maui onion straws.
Maui onions straws
1 ea Vidalia onion, or similar sweet onion
2 c Flour
1 t Cayenne pepper
1 t Paprika
1 t Garlic powder
1 t Black pepper
1T Sea Salt
2 c Canola oil
1 ea Egg
½ c Milk
In Medium sauce pot heat oil to 350 degrees. Mix egg and milk in medium bowl. Mix flour and dry ingredients in medium bowl.
Cut onion in to 1/8” slices, separate soak in egg and milk mix, shake off excess mixture and dredge 4 to 5 pieces at a time. Add to pot, cook until golden brown, and drain on paper towel.
Spicy Tangerine Beef
Spicy Tangerine Beef
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Yield: 4 to 6 servings
Ingredients
3 tablespoons soy sauce
1 tablespoon cornstarch
1 pound flank steak or tri-tip, cut in thin strips on the bias
2 tablespoons dry sherry
2 tablespoons hoisin sauce
2 tablespoons honey
1 tablespoon chili sauce
2 tablespoons soy sauce
1/4 cup freshly squeezed tangerine juice
3 tablespoons canola oil
2 tablespoons minced fresh ginger
3 scallions, chopped
1/4 tangerine, zested
2 tablespoons toasted sesame seeds
Directions
In a resealable plastic bag combine the soy sauce and cornstarch and mix well. Add beef, cover, and let marinate for 20 minutes in the refrigerator.
Whisk together the sherry, hoisin, honey, chili sauce, soy sauce, and tangerine juice until completely combined.
In large pan or wok, heat oil on high. Add the ginger and beef and cook for 2 to 3 minutes. Then add sauce mixture and cook for another 2 minutes on medium heat until sauce thickens. Serve on warm platter, garnish with scallions, tangerine zest and sesame seeds.
Sushi Sauce for Sushi Rice
Sushi Sauce for sushi rice
2 gal Rice wine vinegar
2 quarts Salt, kosher
6 quarts Sugar
2 feet Kelp
Stir well in bucket and let set
Broken down for home use.
1 cup rice wine vinegar
2 ounce salt, kosher
6 ounces Sugar
6 inches Kelp
Stir and let set for 8 hours.
Tequila Turkey Fettuccini
1-ounce olive oil
1/4 red onion, cut into strips
1/2 tablespoon minced jalapeno
1 tablespoon minced garlic
5 ounces turkey breast, cooked, sliced
1-ounce tequila
4 ounces heavy cream
1/2-ounce fresh lemon juice
1 tablespoon chopped cilantro leaves
9 ounces fettuccini pasta, cooked
2 tablespoons grated Parmesan
2 lime wedges, for garnish
2 sprigs cilantro, for garnish
2 tablespoons diced Roma tomato, for garnish
1 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper
Process
In saute pan with high heat, add olive oil, onions, jalapeno and saute until translucent. Add garlic and continue to saute for 2 minutes. Add turkey, lightly mix ingredients, careful not to break turkey up to much.
Deglaze pan with tequila, pouring around the edge of the saute pan. Add cream, lemon juice and cilantro. Toss together, then add pasta, and toss ingredients while adding Parmesan cheese.
Nest pasta on plate, pour sauce over pasta. Lay sprigs of cilantro over top, sprinkle tomatoes on top, and crack pepper around the rim of the plate.
The Spaniard´s Cocktail of Shrimp
The Spaniard´s Cocktail of Shrimp
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Cook Time: 5 minutes
Yield: 4-6 servings
Ingredients
Shrimp:
3 teaspoons dried oregano
3 tablespoons ground cumin
3 tablespoons crushed garlic
1 1/2 teaspoons sea salt
1 1/2 teaspoons freshly ground black pepper
6 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil
3 teaspoon hot sauce (recommended: Tapatio)
2 dozen 21/25 count shrimp, shelled, deveined, and butterflied
Cocktail Sauce:
1 1/2 cups ketchup
1 1/2 cups orange soda (recommended: Fanta)
1 cucumber, peeled, cut into 1/2-inch cubes
2 avocados, peeled, pitted, cut into 1/2-inch cubes
1 red onion, peeled, cut into 1/2-inch cubes
6 ounces water (add sparingly, 2 ounces at a time, to get desired consistency)
3 tablespoons roughly chopped fresh cilantro leaves
2 limes, juiced
3 tablespoons hot sauce (recommended: Tapatio)
Lime slices, for serving
Crackers, for serving (recommended: Saltines)
Directions
For the shrimp: Prepare a grill to medium-high heat.
Mix all the ingredients except for the shrimp in a 1-gallon zip lock bag. Add the shrimp and marinate in the refrigerator for up to 6 hours.
Remove the shrimp from the marinade and place on the grill. Cook until the meat is opaque. Remove from heat and cool immediately. Cut each shrimp into 4 pieces.
For the cocktail sauce: Mix all the ingredients together.
Add the shrimp to the sauce. Mix together and serve in a martini glasses with slices of lime and saltine crackers.
Tortilla Soup
For soup:
4 skinless chicken breasts
(about 1 ½ pounds)
1 can (14.5 ounces) reduced-sodium chicken broth
1 jalapeno chile, diced (with seeds for more heat)
6 corn tortillas (6 inches)
3 tablespoons canola oil
salt
For garnish:
1 cup shredded Monterey Jack cheese (5 oz)
4 large scallions, thinly sliced (about ½ cup)
1 green bell pepper, diced
1 avocado, peeled, pitted, and diced
¾ cup cilantro sprigs
Lime, cut in wedges
Process
Preheat oven to 400. In a large pot, bring chicken, broth, jalapeno, and 8 cups of water to a boil over medium-high heat. Reduce heat to medium, simmer until chicken is cooked through, about 15 minutes. Transfer chicken to plate, let cool.
Brush both sides of tortillas with oil, stacking them as you go. Cut stack in half, and then slice crosswise into ½ inch strips. Place strips on a rimmed baking sheet; bake. Tossing strips occasionally, until golden, 15-20 minutes.
Using large spoon, skim fat from surface of broth in pot, and strain liquid through a sieve into a clean pot (you should have about 8 cups). Shred chicken with fork or with your fingers, and return it to the pot. Stir in 1 teaspoon salt. Divide soup among serving bowls (serves four) and add tortilla strips. Garnish as desired.
Turkey Hash
Turkey Hash
Guy Fieri
Food Network
Yield: 6 to 8 servings
Ingredients
4 ounces olive oil
2 red onions, diced
1 red bell pepper, julienne
1 green bell pepper, julienne
2 jalapenos, diced, and seeded
2 pounds ground turkey breast
1 teaspoon salt
2 teaspoons freshly ground black pepper
2 pounds red potatoes, sliced thin
1/2 cup Roma tomatoes, diced
1/2 lime
Directions
In medium saute pan, add 2 ounces olive oil, onions, peppers and saute until translucent. Add turkey and brown on all sides. Season with salt and pepper.
In a separate pan, add 2 ounces of oil, and fry potatoes in oil until crispy. On a serving plate layer the turkey mixture on top of the crispy potatoes.
Top with diced roma tomatoes and fresh squeezed lime juice.
Turkey Pastrami
Turkey Pastrami
Recipe courtesy Guy Fieri
Food Network
Cook Time: 2 hr
Yield Approximately 4 pounds cooked sliced meat
Ingredients
For brine:
5 pounds fresh turkey breast
3 cups water
1/4 cup dark brown sugar
1/4 cup kosher salt
1/4 cup crushed Juniper berries
1/4 cup freshly cracked black peppercorns
8 cloves fresh garlic, smashed
Pinch red pepper flakes
Directions
In a medium saucepan, combine water, sugar and spices. Heat until sugar and salt are dissolved. Cool. When cool, place turkey breast and brine in a 1 gallon resealable bag. Double the bag and place in shallow pan in refrigerator for 5 to 7 days. (Just in case of leaking, check occasionally.)
After desired brine time, remove breast from brine and rinse well. Dry breast well and prepare rub.
For Rub:
1/2 cup juniper berries
1/4 cup black black peppercorns
1/4 cup dark brown sugar
1 teaspoon red pepper flakes
Pulse all in a spice grinder or food processor
Apply rub to breast, cover tightly and refrigerate for 24 hours
To Cook:
1 cup hickory chips
Take a large sheet of heavy duty aluminum foil (about 2 feet long) fold in half, fold in half again and fold the edges up on 1 half, think of creating a small pizza box.
Soak the chips submerged in water for 15 minutes, while chips are soaking, raise oven rack to position 4-inches below broiler. Preheat broiler on high. Drain chips, place in bottom, folded section of foil, bending the top back out of the way. Broil for 5 minutes, stir chips, broil 2 more minutes, remove and immediately and carefully, fold "top" over bottom and crimp closed. Place in oven and poke a several holes in top with knife to release smoke.
Remove turkey from refrigeration. Preheat oven to 250 degrees F. Roast in oven, breast side down for 1 hour, increase heat to 325 degrees F if convection, 350 degrees F if standard oven. Carefully turn over and continue to roast until internal temperature reaches 160 degrees F on an instant-read thermometer.
Cover loosely, cool and thinly slice.
Val Filice Godfather of Garlic
1.5 pounds of Flat Italian Green Beans
Clean, cut off tips from both ends
Cut into 2” pieces and wash
Put in pot of boiling water for 7 minutes
Chop 8 cloves of garlic; saute garlic in olive oil
Drain beans, leaving ¼ of water in pot
Put beans back in pot
Salt and pepper (black) to taste
Add crushed red pepper
Wash, trim and chop fresh basil
Add fresh basil
Toss beans in pot
Serve when ready
“B.F.E” Best Flank Steak Ever
3lb Flank steak, cleaned and denuited
½ c Sun dried tomatoes, marinated
½ c Red onions, julienne
½ c Pine nuts, roasted
¼ c Red bell pepper, roasted, julienne
½ c Carrots, shredded
¼ c Garlic, minced
½ c Parmesan cheese, grated
¼ c Basil, chiffonad
3 T EVOO
4 T Canola oil
2 c Beer, medium body
2 c Beef broth, low sodium
1 ½ T Sugar
Process
Pound flank steak between 2 freezer bags, 1 gallon, until meat is ¼”, pay special attention to keep meat intact. Then add to marinade for up to 24 hours.
In medium sauté pan, over medium heat add oil and sauté onions, carrots, and peppers. After 3 minutes add sun dried tomatoes, pine nuts and garlic, cook until garlic begins to brown then deglaze with ¼ c white wine. Salt and pepper to taste. Remove from heat, pour into a bowl, stir in parmesan cheese,basil and let cool.
Marinade for flank steak
1/3 c Red wine vinegar
½ c Extra virgin olive oil
2 T Rosemary, fresh, minced
2 T Garlic, minced
2 t Sea salt
1 t black pepper
Mix all ingredients and pour into 1 gallon zip lock bag.
After meat had marinaded, remove and shake off excess marinade. Add cool mixture, and roll meat tightly and bind with skewers or twine.
In a large braising pan, heat up 4 T oil. Over high heat sear all sides of rolled flank steak. Add beer, broth and sugar to braising pot and cook in oven at 325 degrees for 3 hours.
When meat is finished cooking, remove from braising pan, place on cutting board, let rest covered with a towel for 10 minutes. Remove twine or skewers, and cut in 1” pieces, fan out on platter and drizzle remaining braising broth
Kendall-Jackson Pairings
Braised Collard Greens
Braised Collard Greens with Smoked Ham Hocks and Bacon
Collard greens are a staple on the southern table. This simple recipe creates a soul warming winter dish. I always prepare fresh cornbread to dip in the pot liquor (braising liquid) and have a bottle of Texas Pete’s pepper sauce on the side. The smoky pork and succulent greens pair very well with Kendall-Jackson’s Pinot Noir. Recipe by Chef Justin Wangler
Serves 8
3 bunches collard greens
4 slices thick cut bacon, rough chopped
1 large onion, sliced thin
5 C. chicken broth
5 C. water
2 smoked ham hocks
2 tsp. kosher salt
½ tsp. crushed red pepper
1/8 C. brown sugar
1 oz. cider vinegar
Thoroughly wash collard greens. Cut and remove the center stalks (Note: This portion may be used for compost). Cut the remaining leaves in ½ -inch strips or rough chop and reserve.
In a large pot over medium-high heat, cook bacon for approximately 3 minutes until fat is rendered. Add onions and cook for approximately 2 minutes or until translucent. Add the remaining ingredients except for the collard greens. Bring to a simmer and cook for 30 minutes.
Add collard greens and cook at a low simmer for approximately 3 hours. Remove ham hocks and allow them to cool enough to handle. Shred the meat and discard bones. Return the shredded ham hocks back to the greens and the pot liquor. Serve in a bowl with grits or cornbread.
Cabernet Braised Beef
Cabernet Braised Beef with Winter Vegetables
What could be more satisfying than a braised beef dish on a chilly winter night? A glass of Kendall-Jackson 2007 Cabernet Sauvignon! Serve the two together and double the pleasure for you and your guests. This hearty beef dish complements the hints of smoke, mocha and cedar in the wine. Depth of flavor is obtained by marinating the beef one day prior to cooking it.
Recipe by Dan Trudeau
Serves 8
For the Cabernet Braised Beef:
4 lbs. beef chuck (center cut, boneless), cut into eight (8 oz.) portions
1 large yellow onion, diced medium
2 carrots, diced medium
6 garlic cloves, peeled
8 sprigs fresh thyme
3 bay leaves
3 C. 2006 Kendall-Jackson Grand Reserve Cabernet Sauvignon
1 oz. vegetable oil
8 oz. smoked bacon, cut into ½ -inch pieces
6 Tbsp. flour
1/3 C. tomato paste
4 C. beef or veal stock
Kosher salt
Freshly ground black pepper
For the Winter Vegetables:
2 carrots, diced medium, cooked until tender
1 C. pearl onions, peeled, cooked until tender
2 stalks of celery, peeled, diced medium, cooked until tender
1 purple-top turnip, diced medium, cooked until tender
1 C. celery root, diced medium, cooked until tender
2 C. mashed potatoes, heated
For the Garnish:
Whole parsley leaves, washed
Yellow celery leaves from center of bunch, washed
In a large bowl, combine the beef, onion, carrot, garlic, herbs and wine. Gently mix to combine ingredients. Cover and refrigerate for up to 12 hours to marinate.
Prior to cooking, preheat oven to 300˚. Strain beef mixture into a colander for 20 minutes and reserve wine. Separate beef from vegetables and pat dry with paper towels.
In a shallow dish, add 3 Tbsp. flour and a pinch of salt and pepper. Lightly flour beef on all sides and set onto plate. Discard flour mixture.
Place a large skillet over medium heat. Add vegetable oil and heat for 1 minute. Add bacon and cook for 3 minutes until it has released its fat. Remove bacon from pan and reserve.
Increase heat to medium-high for 1 minute. Season and sear beef portions on all sides, removing from pan as each is finished. Once the beef has been seared and removed, add vegetables to skillet and sauté, turning occasionally for 5 minutes to lightly caramelize. Add the remaining 3 Tbsp. flour and continue to cook for 3 minutes, stirring frequently. Add tomato paste and cook for 3 minutes, stirring occasionally. Carefully add the wine and simmer until reduced by half. Add the stock, bring to a simmer and cook for 5 minutes. Skim off any foam that accumulates on the surface of the mixture. Return the beef and bacon to the pan and gently position each to the bottom on the skillet. Return to a simmer, cover, and place in oven to braise for 2½ hours. Uncover pan and braise for 15 additional minutes.
Remove meat from pan and strain braising liquid through fine mesh sieve, pressing tender vegetables through with a rubber spatula. Discard vegetables and herbs that remain in sieve. Add previously cooked vegetables to hot braising liquid and season to taste with salt and pepper.
Serve beef portions over mashed potatoes with sauce and garnish with vegetable mixture. Sprinkle with parsley and celery leaves.
Choucroute
Choucroute
Recipe by Chef Eric Frischkorn
1 cinnamon stick
2 bay leaves
2 cloves
1 Tbsp. fennel seed, toasted and ground
1 Tbsp. mustard seed, toasted and ground
1 tsp. white pepper, ground
2 Tbsp. kosher salt
6 lbs. pork butt, deboned and cut into 12 strips
8 oz. bacon, diced
1½ lbs. mild pork sausage
2 yellow onions, julienne
10 garlic cloves, sliced thin
2 heads cabbage, shredded in ¼ -inch strips
2 qt. chicken stock
4oz. white vinegar
4 oz. Kendall-Jackson Chardonnay
2 oz. white verjus
3 large russet potatoes (approximately 2 lbs.), peeled and cubed into 1/16ths
3 Granny Smith apples (approximately 1 lb.), peeled and cubed into similar size as potatoes
¼ C. whole grain or Dijon mustard
Kosher salt
Preheat oven to 325˚. Using cheesecloth and kitchen twine, make a small sachet using the cinnamon stick, bay leaves and cloves. Set aside.
In a small bowl, mix the fennel seed, mustard seed, white pepper and salt together. Rub pork with the dry rub and set aside.
In a large Dutch oven, cook bacon over low heat. As bacon is rendering, add whole sausage. Once bacon is fully rendered and sausage is mostly cooked, remove them both from the pan leaving only the bacon fat. Sear pork until caramelized. Once the sausage has cooled, cut into ¼ -inch rounds and set aside.
Remove pork from pan and add onions and garlic and cook for approximately 5 minutes. Add cabbage, chicken stock, vinegar, wine, verjus and the sachet. Make sure the sachet is immersed in the liquid. Evenly distribute pork on top of the cabbage, along with the bacon and sausage. Cover with foil and place in preheated oven.
Check pork after 1½ hours, it should be tender. Add potatoes and apples and continue braising for 25 to 30 minutes or until potatoes are cooked. Once cooked through, remove the pork from the pan and roughly chop. Place pork back into pan and add mustard and stir thoroughly. Adjust seasoning if needed. For best results, refrigerate overnight and skim fat from top before reheating.
Corned Duck Reuben
Corned Duck Reuben
With Red Cabbage "Kraut" and 1000 Island
Paired with Kendall-Jackson Vintner´s Reserve Pinot Noir
Recipe by Kendall-Jackson Culinary Team
Recipe makes 3 large sandwiches
Ingredients
2 breasts Corned Duck (recipe follows)
6 slices Rye Bread
3 ounces 1000 Island Dressing
4.5 ounces Sweet and Sour Red Cabbage*
3 large slices Swiss Cheese
Pinch Salt
3 tsp Butter
* Sweet and sour red cabbage can be found in the jarred vegetable section near the pickles of most grocery stores.
Method
Slice corned duck as thin as possible and set aside. Spread one side of each slice of bread with 1000 island. Stack 1.5 ounces of red cabbage, 1 slice of Swiss cheese, and 1/3 of the total sliced duck on three of the slices of bread. Season with a pinch of salt and top each sandwich with the other slice of bread. Toast in a non-stick sauté pan over medium heat with 1 teaspoon of butter for each sandwich.
Corned Duck
Ingredients
4 cups Water
2 Tbls Brown Sugar
1/4 cup Salt
1 1/2 tsp Curing Salt (Pink salt or Saltpeter)
3 each Juniper Berries
1/2 tsp Mustard Seeds
1 tsp White Peppercorns
2 each Allspice
2 each Cloves
1 each Bay leaf
1/4 cup Dry Hibiscus Leaves
2 each Duck Breasts
Method
Combine all ingredients, except duck breasts, in a large saucepot. Bring the mixture to a boil and dissolve the salt and sugar. Turn the heat down and simmer for 5 minutes. Remove from the heat and cool over an ice bath. Once the mixture has chilled, submerge the duck breasts and refrigerate for 36-48 hours (depending on duck size). Remove the duck from the brine and pat dry on paper towels. Poach the duck breasts in clean fresh water until lightly cooked through (about 20-30 minutes at a low simmer). Chill and Slice.
Erics Double Gold Caramel Corn
Eric’s Double Gold Carmel Corn
Paired with Kendall-Jackson Late Harvest Chardonnay
Recipe by: Eric Frischkorn
-Recipe makes 3 quarts-
This is an easy weeknight dessert or afternoon snack. This sweet and salty treat compliments the aromas of vanilla and caramel found in the Kendall-Jackson Late Harvest Chardonnay.
Ingredients
Butter 1/2 cup
Corn Syrup (light) 1/4 cup
Brown Sugar 1 cup
Salt 2 tsp.
Vanilla 1/2 tsp.
Baking Soda 1/4 tsp.
Popcorn (air popped)* 3 qts.
Method
Preheat oven to 300º f. Grease a foil lined cookie sheet with non-stick spray. In a one gallon, heavy bottom sauce pot, melt the butter over medium heat. Add both the syrup and brown sugar, stirring to combine. Simmer until large bubbles begin to form without agitating the pan (about 4 minutes). Once the mixture comes up to temperature, continue cooking on medium heat and stir every thirty seconds for the next 4-6 minutes.** Turn off the heat and whisk in the vanilla and baking soda with caution. Fold in the popped corn and coat with out crushing. Transfer to the greased cookie sheet and bake at 300º f. Gently stir every 5 minutes for 15 minutes, making sure all the popcorn is evenly coated at this point. Remove and cool the finished caramel corn on wax paper. Once cool enough to handle, but not completely cold, break apart the popcorn bunches.
*Air popped popcorn is preferred, but stove top method will also work
** To check the color of the caramel at this point; carefully dip one piece of the popped corn into the pot. The caramel should be amber in color.
Gazpacho Shooters
Gazpacho Shooters
Paired with Kendall-Jackson Vintner’s Reserve Sauvignon Blanc
Recipe by Kendall-Jackson Culinary Team
Makes 20 shooters
Ingredients
Soup
1 medium English Cucumber, peeled, seeded & roughly chopped
1 small Red Onion, roughly chopped
1 medium Red Bell Pepper, stemmed & seeded, rough chopped
1 medium Red Tomato, cored & roughly chopped
1 clove Garlic
1 Jalapeno Pepper, stemmed & seeded
1 bunch Fresh Cilantro
2 Limes, juiced
2 teaspoons Sea Salt, or to taste
2 Tablespoons Rice Wine Vinegar
Garnish
1 small Red Onion, very fine dice
1 small Red Bell Pepper, peeled and seeded, very fine dice
1 small English Cucumber, peeled and seeded, very fine dice
1 bunch Cilantro, small clean chop
Method
For the soup, combine all of the above ingredients in blender and puree until completely blended and smooth.
Place double layer of cheese cloth in china cap or standard large strainer over bowl to catch liquid. Allow to drain in refrigerator until clear liquid is completely drain from soup. Slightly twist cheese cloth to remove more liquid if desired.
If liquid is not clear enough for your taste, you can strain liquid again through coffee filter.
When ready to serve pour chilled clear gazpacho over small amount of small dice vegetable in frozen shot glass and enjoy.
Grilled Fillet of Beef with Tomatoes and Béarnaise Aioli
Grilled Fillet of Beef
with Tomatoes and Béarnaise Aioli
Paired with Kendall-Jackson Vintner´s Reserve Cabernet Sauvignon
Recipe by Kendall-Jackson Culinary Team
Serves 8
Ingredients
4 large beefsteak tomatoes, sliced thick
For the Fillet Marinade:
1/3 Cup olive oil
2 sprigs rosemary
½ bunch thyme
1 tsp black peppercorns, whole
4 cloves garlic, smashed
1 shallot, minced
8 fillets of beef (4 oz.each)
Combine all ingredients and refrigerate for 2 hours or overnight, if possible.
For the Béarnaise reduction: yield 1.5 cups
8 black peppercorns, crushed
6 sprigs fresh tarragon
2 shallots, minced
1/4 cup tarragon vinegar
1/4 cup Kendall-Jackson Chardonnay
8 sprigs chervil
For the Aioli:
2 egg yolks
1/4 cup olive oil
1 cup rice oil
1 Tbsp fresh lemon juice
8 sprigs fresh tarragon, chopped
Kosher salt
Tabasco
Method
Tie the peppercorns and 6 sprigs of tarragon in cheesecloth. In a heavy bottomed sauce pan, simmer with the shallots, vinegar and wine until the liquid has been reduced by about 90%. Allow to cool. Place egg yolks in a food processor. With the machine running, slowly drizzle in the olive oil and rice oil until it becomes thick. Fold in the lemon juice, Béarnaise reduction, chopped tarragon and chervil. Season to taste with salt and Tabasco.
Preheat grill to high heat and brush with oil.
Pat fillets with a paper towel to soak up excess marinade. Season with salt. Place the fillet over high heat and grill for 4 minutes per side. Remove from grill and allow to rest for 5 minutes.
To assemble: Place tomato on plate and top with fillet and Béarnaise aioli. Serve with French fries and watercress on the side
Halibut with Turmeric Beurre Fondue
Pan Seared Sonoma Coast Halibut with Turmeric Beurre Fondue
and Crab and Cherry Tomato Salad
The richness from the beurre fondue and the floral earthiness of the fresh turmeric pairs well with Kendall-Jackson Chardonnay and its hints of oak and butter. The salad is simple, colorful and texturally pleasing and the acidity from the Preserved Meyer Lemon Vinaigrette balances the richness of the fondue. I also like to serve the pan seared halibut over mashed potatoes.
Chef Justin Wangler
Serves 8
For the Seared Sonoma Coast Halibut:
8 (6 oz.) halibut fillets (2-inch thick fillets)
2½ Tbsp. rice oil or neutral olive oil
2 Tbsp. butter
2 sprigs lemon thyme
½ lemon
Kosher salt
Dry the halibut fillets with paper towels to allow for a proper sear. Season with salt.
Heat a large nonstick heavy-bottomed sauté pan to medium-high heat and add the rice oil. Allow the rice oil to heat for 30 seconds. Add the fillets to the pan, serving-side down. Season the second side with salt and cook for approximately 4 minutes or until golden brown, depending on thickness. With a spatula, flip the fish over and add the butter and thyme to the pan. Let the butter begin to brown and then carefully squeeze in the lemon juice (be careful as the oil will spatter). Baste the fish with the lemon butter for 30 seconds and then remove from pan and place on serving plate with beurre fondue and salad.
For the Turmeric Beurre Fondue (yields 1 cup):
1 C. white wine, such as Chardonnay
2 shallots, peeled and minced
2 Tbsp. fresh turmeric root, peeled and minced
2 oz. cream
5 oz. butter, cut into 1-inch cubes
½ lemon, juiced
¼ tsp. salt
In a heavy-bottomed sauce pot, add wine, shallots and turmeric and bring to a simmer. Simmer until the mixture has reduced by 90 percent. Add the cream and reduce by half, remove from heat and whisk in butter 2 pieces at a time. Whisk in the lemon juice. Salt to taste. Strain the sauce and keep warm, not on a direct heat source, until ready to serve.
For the Crab and Cherry Tomato Salad:
1 C. mixed-color cherry tomatoes, cut in half
1 C. picked fresh crabmeat
½ bunch parsley leaves, cleaned and picked off the stem
½ bunch cilantro leaves, cleaned and picked off the stem
2 oz. pickled onions (onions from bread & butter pickles can be used)
1 bunch watercress, cleaned and picked of large stems
In a bowl, gently toss all ingredients with ½ cup Preserved Lemon Vinaigrette (or more if needed). Season to taste.
For the Preserved Meyer Lemon Vinaigrette:
This is one of my favorite vinaigrettes. Preserved Meyer lemons give it a wonderfully sweet and salty citrus flavor. It is strong enough to hold up to grilled calamari salad with frisee and white beans, but I also like using it for marinating raw fish in ceviche, or even as a dressing for raw root vegetables in a crisp slaw.
2 Tbsp. shallot, minced
1 Tbsp. garlic, minced
1 Tbsp. Preserved Meyer lemon peels, minced
2 oz. rice wine vinegar
2 oz. fresh lemon juice
1½ tsp. sugar
1½ tsp. Worcestershire sauce
1 Tbsp. water
2 oz. extra-virgin olive oil
3 oz. rice oil
In a large stainless steel bowl, combine the first 8 ingredients and mix thoroughly with a whisk. Slowly mix the olive oil and rice oil into the mixture. Check the vinaigrette for seasoning and balance, if needed adjust with sugar and/or salt.
Lamb Keftas with Pomegranate Molasses Glaze
Paired with Kendall-Jackson Grand Reserve Merlot
Recipe by Kendall-Jackson Culinary Team
Makes 25 - 1 oz. portions
Ingredients
1 lb ground lamb
5 oz ground pork fat
1 tsp fresh ground black pepper
½ cup yellow onion, minced fine
1 Tbs garlic, minced fine
1 Tbs fresh mint, minced fine
½ cup fresh parsley, minced fine
1 tsp fresh rosemary, minced fine
½ tsp cayenne
½ tsp cumin
½ tsp nutmeg, fresh ground
½ tsp cinnamon
3 Tbs kosher salt
25 each 8 inch bamboo skewers
¼ cup pomegranate molasses (Available in Mediterranean and Asian markets)
2 cups Kendall-Jackson Grand Reserve Merlot
Method
Soak bamboo skewers in water for 1 hour. In a large bowl combine all of the ingredients except for the pomegranate molasses and wine. Mix thoroughly and portion out into 25 - 1 ounce portions. Form portioned ground meat into 3 inch sausages onto skewers and refrigerate until ready to grill. To make glaze, in a sauce pot combine pomegranate molasses and wine. Over medium heat, reduce until thick and syrupy. Grill kefta skewers to desired temperature (we prefer medium rare). Brush keftas with glaze and serve immediately.
Lobster-Pumpkin Bisque
The next time you enjoy a lobster feast at home, reserve all the shells to make this delicious bisque. While traditional recipes for bisque include the rice as a thickener, we´ve used flour, cream and pumpkin for a smoother result. Read the recipe once thoroughly in order to insure you have all ingredients, necessary equipment and utensils at hand before you begin cooking.
Paired with Kendall- Jackson Grand Reserve Chardonnay
Recipe by Dan Troudeau
Serves 20 people
Ingredients
8 oz Butter, whole, softened and cut into small cubes
4 bodies Shells from four lobsters, rinsed and gills removed
2 tsp Saffron threads
3 each Garlic cloves, peeled and crushed
2 each Carrots, peeled and finely chopped
3 each Celery stalks, rinsed and finely chopped
1 each Yellow onion, peeled and finely chopped
1 Tbs Tomato paste
1/2 C Brandy (can substitute with cognac, vermouth or dry white wine)
6 qt Fish stock or filtered water
6 sprigs Thyme, fresh (or 1 tsp dried thyme)
6 sprigs Tarragon, fresh
3 each Bay leaves
4 C Heavy cream
1/2 lbs Flour, all purpose
1 C Pumpkin puree (freshly roasted is best, or use frozen or packaged)
to taste Salt
to taste Lemon juice
Procedures
1. Place a large pot over medium high heat and add the butter. As the butter begins to froth and melt, add the lobster shells and cook for 8-10 minutes, stirring occasionally. Add the saffron and garlic and cook 2 minutes. Add the carrot, celery and onion to the pot and continue to cook 5 minutes more. Stir thoroughly to combine the mixture as it cooks.
2. Create a small gap in the mixture and add the tomato paste to the bottom of the pan. Cook and stir paste into ingredients for 2 minutes. Remove the pot from the heat and add the brandy carefully. Steam will rise quickly at this point. Return the pot to the heat and allow the liquid to reduce until most has evaporated. Add the stock and bring to a boil. Reduce to a simmer, add the herbs and allow to cook for 45 minutes.
3. Remove the lobster stock from the heat and strain the liquid, discarding the vegetable and shells. Add the strained liquid back into the same pot, and, over medium high heat, bring to a boil, reduce the heat to a simmer, and allow to reduce by one half, or until the reduction is full flavored and deeply colored. Throughout this process, remove the layer of melted butter from the surface using a ladle or spoon. Save this butter to use in step 5. Strain the reduced stock again and set aside in a large bowl. You can continue to remove surface butter as the stock cools.
4. While the stock is reducing, place a second pot on the stove over medium low heat and add the cream to the pot. Bring the cream to a light simmer, watching carefully as it will want to boil over if the temperature is too high. Once the surface of the cream begins to roll with a simmer, adjust the heat and reduce by one half, resulting in 2 cups of cream. Strain this and set aside, keeping it warm.
5. Place a large pot over medium heat and add the melted butter collected from the stock. Carefully allow any liquid to boil off as butter heats. Add the flour all at once and stir well to incorporate and cook for one minute. Using a wire whip, whisk small amounts of the stock into the floury paste. Continue to add all the stock, whisking throughout. Allow the bisque to come to a simmer and cook for 20 minutes. Stir in the pumpkin puree and the reduced cream. Use more stock or water to thin bisque to your preference, and season with salt and lemon juice
Passion Fruit Semi-Freddo
Passion Fruit Semi-Freddo
With whipped coconut and tropical fruit
Paired with Kendall-Jackson Vintner´s Reserve Riesling
Recipe by: Ryan Pollnow
Serves: 12 (with some left-overs)
Semi-Freddo
Ingredients
Sugar 1 1/2 cups
Passion Fruit Concentrate 2 oz. (Perfect Puree brand is preferred)
Egg Yolks 3 each
Eggs 2 each
Salt Pinch
Gelatin 2 sheets
Cream 1 pint
Method
Combine the first 5 ingredients in a stainless steel or Pyrex bowl. Place the bowl over a large sauce pan of barely simmering water. Stir constantly until the mixture thickens to the consistency of curd. Meanwhile soak the two sheets of gelatin in a bowl of cold water. Once the curd has formed, remove it from the heat and stir in the previously soaked and drained gelatin. Strain the curd through a fine sieve and cool at room temperature for 25 minutes. Once the curd has slightly chilled, whip the cream and fold the two together. Chill this mixture in the refrigerator for one hour. Transfer to a pastry bag and pipe into desired molds before freezing for at least 8 hours.
Whipped Coconut
Ingredients
Coconut Milk 1 can (unsweetened) (400 ml)
Sugar 3/4 cup
Corn Starch 2 Tbsp.
Gelatin Sheet s 2 each
Cream 2 cups
Method
Mix the first 3 ingredients while cold. Transfer to a large sauce pan and heat over medium heat. Meanwhile soak (bloom) the gelatin in cold water and whip the cream to medium stiff peaks. Once the pot has come to a boil, cook for an additional 3 minutes, stirring constantly. Remove from heat and stir in the soaked and drained gelatin sheets. Pass through a fine sieve and chill before folding into the whipped cream.
To serve
Plate a large scoop of coconut mousse in the center of each bowl. Top the coconut mousse with diced kiwi, mango and pineapple. Remove the passion fruit semi-freddo from the molds and top each dessert with one portion just before serving.
Pork Belly Sliders with Zinfandel Barbeque Sauce
Pork Belly Sliders with Zinfandel Barbeque Sauce
Paired with Kendall-Jackson Zinfandel
Recipe by Kendall-Jackson Culinary Team
For our sliders, we cook Snake River Farms pork belly low and slow and then top each slice with house made Zinfandel BBQ sauce. It may be a small sandwich but the flavor is big. Big enough to hold up to our Zinfandel’s long finish.
Makes approximately 36 appetizer sized sandwiches
Pork Belly Sliders
½ gal. water
1 oz. dried tea leaves (we use Lipton’s)
1 C. kosher salt
2 C. granulated sugar
½ gal. ice
4 lbs. pork belly
2 qts. rendered duck fat (available at specialty meat stores)
1 recipe Easy Pickles (see below)
1 recipe Zinfandel Hoisin BBQ sauce (see below)
36 mini hamburger buns
Wrap the tea leaves in cheesecloth and secure with butchers twine. In a large pot, combine water, tea leave sachet, salt and sugar. Bring to a boil and then remove from heat and let steep for 1 hour. Transfer to a non-reactive container and add ice. Cool brine to below 40°. Add pork and let brine for at least 24 hours or up to 48 hours in the refrigerator.
Preheat the oven to 280º F. Remove pork from brine and pat dry.
Place the pork in a large braising pan and cover with duck fat. Place a rack or plate directly on the pork to weigh it down and keep it submerged. Place the braising pan on the stove top and heat over medium-high. Once the liquid begins to bubble, immediately remove from the heat, cover tightly with foil and place in the oven. Cook the pork until fork tender, approximately 4 hours. Allow the pork to cool to room temperature and remove from the fat. Place in refrigerator and chill the pork overnight. The fat can be reserved in the refrigerator for later use.
The following day, slice into small, sandwich size medallions (extra can be frozen at this point).
To serve: Crisp up the pork in a non-stick sauté pan, approximately 1 minute on each side. Steam the buns and assemble each sandwich with two pieces of pork, two pickles and one tsp. of barbeque sauce.
Zinfandel Hoisin BBQ Sauce
1 C. Kendall-Jackson Zinfandel
1 C. Hoisin Sauce
1 C. Barbeque sauce
Place the Zinfandel in a sauce pot and cook over medium-high heat. Once the wine has reduced by half, add the hoisin and barbeque sauces. Bring the mixture to a boil and then remove from the heat. Refrigerate until ready to use.
Easy Pickles
1 C. rice wine vinegar
1 tsp. fish sauce
¼ cup sugar
2 tsp. salt
2 English cucumbers (sliced ¼-inch thick)
Mix all ingredients and allow the salt and sugar to dissolve. Add cucumber slices and allow them to marinate in the pickling liquid for 5 to 10 minutes. Serve immediately for a crisp vegetable texture or allow them to marinate longer for a softer pickle.
Spanish Chorizo and Chocolate Crostini
Spanish Chorizo and Chocolate Crostini
Paired with Kendall-Jackson Grand Reserve Syrah
Recipe by Kendall-Jackson Culinary Team
Makes 20 crostini
Assembly
* Savory Chocolate Spread (Recipe follows)
* 12 ounces of dry cured Spanish Chorizo (Sliced into thin disks)
* Grilled Crostini (1 loaf of sliced white bread, brushed with olive oil and grilled on both sides. Cut into triangles.
Spread the chocolate on the grilled crostini and top with sliced chorizo.
Savory Chocolate Spread
1.5 cup Cream
1 cup Kendall-Jackson Grand Reserve Syrah (alcohol cooked off and reduced to 1 cup)
1.5 oz Ibarra Mexican Chocolate
6.5 oz 61 % Extra Bitter Chocolate
2 Tbsp Cocoa Powder
1 tsp Sweet Paprika
1/21 tsp Salt
1/2 Tbsp Pomegranate Molasses
1/2 tsp Chipotle powder
In a small sauce pot bring cream and reduced wine to a boil then add the rest of the ingredients. Remove from the heat. Can be refrigerated for up to one week.
Marcy Smothers Recipes
Avocado Stuffed Swordfish
Avocado Stuffed Swordfish
A perfect combo- Rich, Delicious and very special. Fish Lover´s Rejoice!
Stuffing
Swordfish Steaks at least 1 inch thick
1 ripe avocado, mashed
2 garlic cloves, crushed
2 TB. minced onion
2 TB. lemon juice
1 tsp. Worcestershire sauce
3 TB. butter, melted
Marinade
1/3 cup soy sauce
¼ cup lemon juice
½ cup vegetable oil
2 tsp. Dijon Mustard
Cut a pocket in the swordfish steaks. Mix avocado, garlic, onion, juice, worcestershire sauce and butter and stuff into each of the pockets. (Use broken toothpicks if necessary to keep mixture in place). Then mix soy sauce, juice, oil and mustard together and pour over swordfish and let marinate 1 to 2 hours. BBQ or broil until done, usually 8 to 10 minutes. Enjoy!
Christmas Wreath Cookies
CHRISTMAS WREATH COOKIES
One stick butter
Three cups mini marshmallows OR thirty large marshmallows
One generous teaspoon green food coloring
Four cups of Cornflakes
Red Hot candies
In double boiler on low heat, melt:
Butter, marshmallows and green food coloring.
Remove from heat and fold in Cornflakes.
Grease hands with butter or use rubber gloves coated in cooking spray. Shape into wreathes.
Decorate with Red Hot candies.
Crock Pot Oatmeal
One cup steel cut oats (not instant)
Four cups water
Diced apples
Dried cranberries
Spray crock pot insert with cooking spray and add oats, water and fruit.
Cook on low overnight seven to eight hours.
Serve with warm skim milk. I like a sprinkling of brown sugar.
Germys Pizza Beans
GERMY´S PIZZA BEANS
These green beans were a tradition during the holidays. My grandmother, aka Germy, made them often with canned green beans, but I really prefer fresh.
I do not list exact measurements because this recipe adapts easily. Depends on how saucy and cheesy you like it!
Green beans
Olive oil
Minced onion
Minced garlic
(1) 14.5 oz can diced tomatoes
Freshly grated parmesan
Shredded mozzarella cheese
Salt and pepper to taste
Bring pot of water to boiling with a generous amount of kosher salt.
Wash and trim green beans. Blanch in boiling water three minutes. They should be crispy when you take them out. Put in ice water bath to completely stop cooking. Dry on paper towels.
(This step can be done a day or two in advance).
Heat oven to 375 degrees.
In a skillet, heat olive oil on medium heat. Add minced onions. Then add garlic, watching it carefully so it does not burn. Add green beans and tomatoes. Heat through.
Transfer beans and tomatoes into an oven proof dish. Sprinkle parmesan and shredded mozzarella on beans and place in oven until cheese is melted and slightly brown.
WARNING: Kids will eat green vegetables when they see this! Plus the name intrigues them :)
Green Meatloaf Adapted from Bodeci
This truly is a homecooker recipe because I have no measurements. It depends on which veggies and how many I am in the mood for that day. Have fun and experiment! I like mine really green ļ
Two pounds ground turkey
To taste:
Minced onion
Minced garlic
Finely shredded spinach
Shredded or grated zucchini
Chopped mushrooms
Shredded carrots
Minced flat leaf parsley
Bloody Mary mix, tomato juice or tomato sauce
One or two eggs
Bread crumbs as needed
Salt and pepper to taste.
Sautee the onions and garlic in a little olive oil until soft. Set aside.
Add veggies to turkey.
Add Bloody Mary mix or other tomato sauce a little at a time for flavor. Not too much or meatloaf will be too wet. Remember the veggies will impart moisture when they cook in the meatloaf.
Add egg(s) and breadcrumbs as needed to bind.
Mix in onion and garlic.
Place meatloaf in lightly sprayed loaf pan. Bake at 350 degrees for about forty-five minutes until the turkey juice is clear. Or green¡Kjust kidding!
Tastes great out of the oven. My fave is in a sandwich using crisp romaine lettuce instead of bread.
Nancy´s Corned Beef Brisket
Nancy´s Corned Beef Brisket
2 corned beef brisket (brand with spice blend)
(No triangluar pieces. Only rectangular pieces)
(Ask butcher to trim the fat).
Place meat in slow cooker
Cover with plenty of liquid with combination of beef broth and beer (not a heavy beer, not Guiness, Amber or Lager)
Place spices in a bouquet garni and drop in liquid
Cook on low - 275 degrees – for 6 ½ hours
Add Yukon Gold potatoes, cut in half
Onios, qaurtered
1 savoy cabbage, rough chopped
Cover with more beef broth and beer as needed.
Continue cooking 1 ½ hours.
Serve in warm bowl style plates.
Place spicy mustard and horseradish on table as condiments.
Ole Oatmeal Brulee
Wowza! This is a great brunch recipe!
Cooked oatmeal – crock pot or instant
Sliced bananas
Sliced kiwis
Sliced strawberries
Blueberries
Place cooked oatmeal in an oven proof bowl; if you’re making a lot, a glass pie dish.
Arrange one layer of fruit on the top.
Sprinkle brown sugar over all the sliced fruit and broil briefly only until the sugar caramelizes.
Oven Fried Zucchini
Oven Fried Zucchini
You may have noticed that zucchini is cast often in my meals. I love it. I’m one of those types that eats all the zucchini growing in her garden and takes other people’s zucchini, too.
My kids aren’t big on it, but they’ll eat this preparation.
Make as little or as much as you need.
Zucchini, sliced about 1/4/ inch thick
Beaten eggs or egg whites
Breadcrumbs
Salt and pepper to taste
Parmesan cheese
Heat oven to 425 degrees
Dip zucchini in egg wash then roll zucchini in breadcrumbs
Prepare baking sheet with cooking spray, then place zucchini on baking tray
Lightly season with salt and pepper
IMPORTANT: Don’t crowd the zucchini. To get them crisp they need space!
Bake in oven until crisp…about fifteen minutes
Sprinkle with freshly grated Parmesan
Taste and adjust for salt
I love to dip in warm marinara sauce .
Reindeer Poop
My pal Nancy Lasseter shared these recipes with me years ago. Making them during the holidays is a tradition!
REINDEER POOP
(6) regular size Three Musketeer candy bars or one bag minis
(2) TBSP milk
1/2 box Cocoa Puffs (13.75 size)
Powdered sugar
Chop the Three Musketeers. Melt candy with milk, stirring until smooth. Remove from heat.
Mix melted candy with Cocoa Puffs. Drop by teaspoonfuls onto parchment/wax paper lined cookie sheets.
Cool 5 ¡V 10 minutes.
With buttered fingers or plastic gloves coated in cooking spray, roll into mounds.
Sift powdered sugar on top to simulate freshly fallen snow ļ
Ridiculously Easy Cheese Sqaures
RIDICULOUSLY EASY CHEESE SQUARES
This really is the first appetizer I ever made. I was in my first year of college; it was inexpensive, easy to make and always a hit. Everyone always wanted to know what the secret ingredients were. It’s not so secret: Mayo and Wonder Bread.
Baked mayonnaise is always delicious. Yummy in crab bakes, hot jalapeno artichoke dip, garlic bread and this recipe.
Wonder bread is key here because it is amazingly soft and toasts beautifully in the oven.
I love my artisinal breads, but this is not the time for them.
1 loaf Wonder Bread
2 cups shredded cheddar cheese (I’m all for convenience, but I recommend shredding your own to maximize the cheesy flavor)
½ cup finely minced green onion
Mayonnaise to taste
Garlic powder to taste (I like Lawry’s because it has parley in it)
Salt and pepper to taste
Heat broiler in oven and move tack to top position
Cut the crusts off the Wonder Bread
Mix the shredded cheddar with the green onions and as much mayo as you like.
I like my mine well bound but not wet and soppy.
Garlic powder, salt and pepper to taste
Smear on Wonder Bread then cut into four squares per slice
Place on baking sheet (I always cover in foil) and place under broiler
Watch carefully. As soon as cheese is melted, bubbly and a slight brown crust, remove from oven.
Serve immediately and watch them fly off the platter!!!
Roasted Romas
ROASTED ROMAS
I make these once a week. I always make more than I need. They reheat well in the microwave and their juicy goodness is delicious with eggs at breakfast and on salads.
Roma tomatoes
Olive oil
Kosher salt
Freshly ground pepper
Freshly grated Parmesan cheese.
Preheat oven to 425
Slice roma tomatoes in half lengthwise.e
Lightly coat baking sheet with cooking spray or cover in foil.
Place tomatoes rounded side down, flat side up.
Drizzle olive oil over the top of each tomato. Use your fingers to spread oil evenly.
Sprinkle with salt and pepper.
Roast fifteen minutes. When they are soft and some of the juice has released, add the Parmesan and cook until just melted.
Remove from oven and cool.
Shrimp Fajitas
MARCY’S SHRIMP FAJITAS
My mom wasn’t much of a cook, but her hamburger tacos with fried corn tortillas was one of my childhood favorites. I’ve updated the classic using shrimp instead of beef or chicken.
I call them fajitas because I cook them in cast iron like you see in the Mexican restaurants. Cast iron cooks evenly, retains the heat and makes the shrimp a little crispy.
I buy frozen shrimp, 31/40 count, peeled and deveined. Typically it comes in two pound bags. You’ll need it, because I have found after it cooks down, you need one half pound of shrimp per adult serving. Trust me on this!
FOR THE FILLING:
Two pound bag frozen shrimp defrosted
*Cholula Chile Lime seasoning – available in most supermarkets
Fresh lime juice
Vegetable oil
FOR THE TACOS:
Corn (my fave) or flour tortillas
Shredded lettuce
Chopped onion
Chopped tomato
Chopped cilantro
Sliced avocado
Shredded cheese – I like the white crumbly Mexican cheese Queso Blanco or
a cheddar/jack combo
Hot sauce optional
Take tail off shrimp and chop. Mix in a bowl with the Cholula, a small amount of vegetable oil and lime juice.
Next, chop all the toppings and put them on the table.
Prep the tortillas for the microwave. Wrap them in a paper towel or clean dishcloth. I use a special cloth tortilla warmer. Not only do they steam the tortillas, they keep them hot for a long time, too. Inexpensive and worth it for the convenience: latortillaoven.com
Do you recognize a trend here? Absolutely everything has to be ready before you cook the shrimp.
Heat your skillet then add a teaspoon of vegetable oil.
When it’s HOT, add the shrimp. Turn often. They will cook in less than five minutes.
Place in a warm covered bowl. Microwave tortillas approximately one minute.
Serves four
*Guy suggests making your own seasoning using cumin, garlic, salt, paprika etc. I’m too lazy and I really like the Cholula.
Spinach and Egg White Frittata
Marcy’s Spinach and Egg White Frittata
I love my protein in the morning and since I am a vegetablist, I like to combo them.
I know, I know, it doesn’t take much time to crack and separate eggs, but school mornings are always hectic and let’s face it, five minutes is five minutes.
I am all for the pre-packaged egg whites, I prefer them over other products because I don’t care for the food coloring. Guy’s always saying that “we eat with our eyes” and yellow egg “whites” just doesn’t make sense to me.
Olive oil
2 cups fresh spinach, washed, stems off
1 medium zucchini, sliced thinly
1 cup egg whites
½ cup shredded cheese, optional
salt & pepper to taste
Heat oven to 350 degrees
In a small oven-safe skillet, heat a smell amount of live oil over medium heat
Add zucchini slices and season lightly with salt & pepper until just soft
Add spinach and cook until just wilted
Add egg whites
Using a rubber spatula, release the eggs form the side of the skillet
As soon as the eggs are just about to set, for me the eggs are 50%, remove from heat
Add cheese if wanted.
Place in pre-heated oven an additional ten minutes or until firm
Cool five minutes.
Slice and serve.
NOTE:
My favorite seasoning for eggs is Bob’s Big Boy seasoning salt. bigboy.com
I grew up in southern California eating at Bob’s and I love this savory concoction of garlic powder, celery salt and paprika. Of course you can make your own blend. That’s what Guy would do.
Nona Maxine
Asian Summer Salad
AISIAN SUMMER SALAD
SERVES 4
NEED LIST SALAD:
1. BEAN SPROUTS
2. GREEN ONIONS
3. SLICED WATER CHESTNUTS
4. CELERY
5. SHRIMP OR CHICKEN
NEED LIST DRESSING:
MAYONNAISE
SOY SAUCE
LEMON JUICE
GINGER
5. CAN CRUNCHY CHINESE NOODLES
1 LB BEAN SPROUTS (BLANCHE IN BOILING WATER 1 MINUTE)
1 BUNCH GREEN OINIONS – CAN OMIT
1 CAN SLICED WATER CHESTNUTS – CAN OMIT
3 STALKS CELERY CHOPPED
1 LB. COOKED BAY SHRIMP OR SHREDDED CHICKEN OR FOR VEGITARIANS ADD PEAPODS AND SHREDDED CABBAGE.
DRESSING:
1 CUP MAYONNAISE
2 TBSP. SOY SAUCE
2 TBSP LEMON JUICE ( USUALLY 1 LEMON)
2 TSP. GINGER – CAN OMIT
MIX THE DRESSING ADD TO THE SALAD INGREDIENTS. CHILL.
WHEN READY TO SERVE ADD A 5 OZ. CAN OF CRUNCHY CHINESE NOODLES.
Basic Tomato Sauce
BASIC TOMATO SAUCE
NEED LIST:
1. LARGE CAN CHOPPED TOMATOES OR 2 LBS. FRESH
2. ONION
3. TOMATO PASTE
4. BASIL
5. GARLIC
1 LARGE CAN CHOPPED TOMATOES WITH JUICE OR
2 LBS. FRESH TOMATOES
¼ CUP OLIVE OIL
1 ONION PEELED CHOPPED
1 TBSP. TOMATO PASTE
SALT & PEPPER TO TASTE
CAN ADD CHOPPED GARLIC, BASIL TO TASTE
PUT EVERYTHING IN A SAUCEPAN AND SIMMER OVER LOW HEAT FOR AT LEAST 20 TO 30 MINUTES.
YOU CAN DOUBLE THIS IF YOU WISH.
ADD BROWNED SAUSAGES – ITALIAN, CHICKEN, BREAKFAST
OR LEFTOVER COOKED CHICKEN
OR BROWNED GROUND MEAT
OR FOR SUMMER SOME VEGETABLES FROM THE FARMERS MARKET
HAVING THIS SAUCE AROUND MAKES A DELICIOUS QUICK DINNER EASY!
Gazpacho
GAZPACHO
SERVES 4
NEED LIST:
1. TOMATOES
2. CUCUMBERS
3. PEPPERS – GREEN, RED OR YELLOW
4. TOMATO JUICE
5. TABASCO SAUCE
SALT, PEPPER, GARLIC, PARSLEY
6 RIPE TOMATOES PEELED SEEDED AND CHOPPED OR JUST CHOPPED
2 CUCUMBERS SHOPPED
2 GREEN OR RED OR YELLOW OR ANY COMBINATION SEEDED AND CHOPPED
1 SMALL RED ONION CHOPPED
¼ CUP CHOPPED PARSLEY
4 CUPS TOMATO JUICE
SALT/ PEPPER TO TASTE
6 TO 8 DROPS OF TABASCO SAUCE
1 CLOVE GARLIC
QUICKEST CHOPPING IS USING THE FOOD PROCESSOR.
RUB A GLASS BOWL WITH A GARLIC CLOVE. ADD ALL OF THE INGREIDENTS AND REFRIGERATE.
OPTIONS:
ADD SOME CHOPPED AVACADO. SOME CORN SLICE FROM A FRESH COB. ½
A HALF POUND OF COOKED SHRIMP OR CRAB.
THIS SUMMER NO COOK SOUP KEEEPS FOR DAYS ( IF IT LASTS) IN THE REFRIGERATOR. YOU CAN TOP WITH TORTILLA STRIPS OR THIN SLICED
TOASTED FRENCH BREAD.
Pesto
PESTO
NEED LIST;
BUNCH OF BASIL
GARLIC
PINE NUTS OR WALNUTS
PARMESAN CHEESE
OLIVE OIL
SALT & PEPPER
ABOUT 5 CUPS BASIL LEAVES. USUALLY ONE GOOD SIZED BUNCH OF BASIL.
1 ½ CUPS OLIVE OIL
3 – 4 CLOVES OF GARLIC
½ CUP PINE NUTS OR WALNUTS OR SOME OF BOTH
1 TEASPOON EACH OF SALT AND PEPPER
1 CUP GRATED PARMESAN
PUT THE ABOVE IN A FOOD PROCESSOR OR BLENDER.
YOU CAN STORE THIS IN A FREEZER IN CONTAINERS.
SERVE ON PASTA OR WITH GRILLED CHEICKEN.
THIS IS A JUST FOR SUMMER DISH. ALTHOUGH WE SEEM TO HAVE BASIL ALL YEAR IN SOME PARTS OF THE COUNTRY.
EASY EASY RECIPE.
Quiche Without Crust
QUICHE WITHOUT CRUST
SERVES 4
NEED LIST:
PLAIN BREAD CRUMBS
HAM OR ASPARAGUS
PACKAGE OF SHREDDED SWISS CHEESE
HEAVY CREAM, HALF AND HALF PLUS MILK
EGGS
PLAIN BREAD CRUMBS
1 ONION CHOPPED
1 CUP COOKED HAM ( ABOUT ¼ LB) OR COOKED ASPARAGUS
1 TBSP. BUTTER
1 8 OZ. PACKAGE OF SHREDDED SWISS CHEESE
4 EGGS
2 CUPS HALF AND HALF OR 1 CUP HEAVY CREAM AND 1 CUP MILK
½ TSP. PEPPER
PREHEAT OVEN TO 425
BUTTER A QUICKE PAN OR PIE PAN. SPRINKLE BREAD CRUMBS AROUND THE PAN.
COOK THE ONION AND HAM IN BUTTER OVER MEDIUM HEAT.
STIR AND COOK FOR FIVE MINUTES. SPREAD IN QUICHE PAN AND SPRINKLE CHEESE ON TOP.
WHISK EGGS, AND CREAM WITH ½ TSP. PEPPER AND POUR OVER THE CHEESE.
BAKE IN THE MIDDLE OF THE OVEN 20 TO 25 MINUTES. COOL ABOUT 5 MINUTES AND SLICE INTO WEDGES.
SERVE WITH A GREEN SALAD.
TASTES GREAT! NO PIE CRUST TO MESS WITH AND VARIOUS VEGETABLES COULD BE SUBSTITUTED FOR THE HAM.
Tips and Tricks From Our Guests
Cocktail Gear For Home Entertaining From With Steve Beal
Cocktail Gear for Home Entertaining with Steve Beal
#1. Measuring cups, “jiggers”, shot glasses etc.
I like to measure my ingredients for 2 really good reasons. First, using the right quantities gives me quality drinks which taste they way they are intended every time. Second, I like to make sure that my guests enjoy themselves responsibly. The first thought of every good host should be the safety of his or her guests – Please drink responsibly.
1. Shot glass – calibrated in ounces.
2. Metal measuring cup.
3. Whisky (aka “rocks” glass – about 5 oz.)
4. Jigger – a double ended measure, usually made of steel; one side holds 1.3 oz; the other holds 2/3 oz. Many classic cocktails recipes call for “jigger” measures. Commonly, 1.5 oz to .5 oz jiggers are used as well.
1 jigger = 1.3 to 1.5 fluid ounces.
#2. Strainer.
For heaven’s sake, get the bits and pieces and ice chips out of the cocktail.
1. A standard cocktail will do just fine.
2. Common kitchen strainer will do in a pinch
3. Some cocktail shakers have strainers built right in, but they slow things down.
#3. Shaken or stirred? Shakers. The iconic “symbol of cocktails”
1. The “Boston” shaker is the cocktail shaker preferred by the stars of the bartender world. It consists of a glass (like a heavy duty pint beer glass) and a slightly larger steel cup (sometimes with a vinyl or rubber lip) which fits over it. The Boston shaker lets you see the amount of liquids as you pour them in or out.
2. Other shakers may not let you see the contents easily, but may work as well. Because metal expands and contracts with cold or heat, they often get sticky, making cocktail making more complicated.
3. A good shaker should let you make 2 cocktails at a time.
4. Knowing which to shake and which to stir is very important – it’s not just a James Bond thing.
# 4. Ice crusher.
1. You can use an ice crushing machine or blender
2. Or, put the ice in a clean dish towel and smack it with a wood mallet.
#5. Mixing glass.
Believe it or not, shaking is not always the way to go so you need a mixing glass or small pitcher. Some drinks, especially those such Manhattans, top shelf Martini’s, Sazaracs, etc., are best enjoyed when they are VERY cold but the integrity of the fine spirits remains intact and undiluted by ice chips. 10 to 15 seconds on ice will usually be cold enough.
When in doubt…
1. Stir when the recipe calls for it! No exceptions.
2. Stir when the ice isn’t really cold (24 hour plus in the freezer.)
3. Stir when using commercial ice chips.
4. Stir if one of the ingredients is carbonated.
5. Stir only enough to make sure the ingredients are well-mixed.
Strain and pour ASAP into an appropriately chilled glass.
#6. A Bar spoon.
This is a magic wand in the hand of a good mixologist. Stirring. Measuring. Scooping. Smacking the olive and cherry bandits as they reach for your treasures.
#7. “The Muddler”
This miniature wooden billy club will help you pulverize mint in a julep, get you mojo in a mojito, fashion your orange in your old fashions. It will save you a lot of work.
# 8. Citrus squeezer.
These come in comfortable forms from an old fashioned orange juicer to fold-over squeezers favored by professional mixologists. I recommend having one because I believe the best cocktails are made with the freshest and highest quality ingredients.
#9. Zester.
Many cocktails call for a zest garnish. Zest is also a key flavor ingredient. The best zesters are multi purpose, allowing you to make fine zest, fine zest strips and zest chains (up to ¼ in wide.) Don’t forget that in today’s world of handcrafted artisan cocktails, it’s not just about citrus peel any more… and presentation is everything.
#10. Bar knives and a cutting board.
It’s important to have a couple of sharp utility knives available for cutting fruit and making garnishes. A clean cutting board is essential for food safety and keeping knives sharp
1. A small paring knife for cutting fruit and prepping garnishes
2. A “bird’s beak” Bird´s beak knives may also be used to slice soft fruits such as nectarines, plums or peaches and for peeling skins or blemishes from a variety of fruits and vegetables. It is a knife that is also used for cutting decorative garnishes such as rosettes in radishes or fluted mushrooms.
3. A sharp knife is a safe knife: fewer accidents, better quality, saves time.
Glassware with Steve Beal
Glassware With Steve Beal
Most glassware for cocktails is optional. Use traditional style glasses. A well-equippped home bar should have the six classics:
1. Cocktail – 2-5 ounces, stemmed, based originally on a Champagne Coup (alleged to have been shaped from the breast of Marie Antoinette). This includes all versions of the martin glass – a glass specially invented for that. According to my friend Rachel Maddow (of MSNBC- a connoisseur of the cocktail and where to enjoy them.) These glasses are best kept small so the “We can enjoy the tiny, frozen, liquid gem at its best.” Cold, undiluted, elegant. If you want more, order another.5-8 oz martini glasses are sloppy and inevitably let your drink grow warm and foul before you finish. (Nothing worse than hot gin except maybe a warm Cosmo.)
2. Tall Drink or “Highball”. This is a tall, cylindrical glass, about 8 oz. Used for tall, refreshing drinks like slings, sum and cola, “Collins” drinks. Sometimes called a “Collins” glass.
3. Large Cocktail. Good when the tall glass just doesn’t hold quite enough. Should hold 10 oz or more and may be plain or fancy.
4. Tumbler. “the universal cocktail glass” 4 oz or less – often called a “rocks” glass is good for whisky and small “drinks on the rocks” 5 oz or more, occasional called a “bucket” is great for mixed drinks like margaritas on the rocks. This is also sometimes called an “Old Fashioned” glass – good for everything and for everybody who doesn’t want to be seen with a stemmed glass in their hand.
5. Aperitif. 2-3 oz ‘tall shot glass’ (with a thick base and increasing diameter) used for classic aperitifs, ‘amuses’ etc. It’s sometimes called a mini- pilsner glass because the shape is similar to the beer glass.
6. Champagne. Traditional this is a tall tulip and referred as a flute. 3 to 3.5 oz. Mandatory for all sparkling wine and Champagne cocktails, from the Kir Royale to the Bellini… They add a note of elegance to the presentation or even a simple glass of ice water.
Omelet Technique From Chefs Gayle Pirie & John Clark
Country Egg, City Egg
Chefs Gayle Pirie & John Clark
The Earnest Gesture – Rolling the Omelet
An omelet is a gift really, because of pure ingredients and honest presentation. Use a 7- or 8-inch nonstick pan or seasoned omelet pan. The high-angled handle of an omelet pan helps in rolling the omelet, but the pan requires time to season. A nonstick pan has a straight handle, but the instant nonstick surface is ready to go. Wipe out both types of “egg pan” with a soft kitchen towel to protect their surfaces.
Omelets require brisk cooking over medium-high heat. Heat the pan thoroughly before adding the eggs, using 1 tablespoon of butter per omelet. While the butter melts, lightly beat the eggs in a bowl- too many air bubbles whipped into the eggs will cause the omelet to dry out – and season with salt to taste. After the butter foams, but before it turns brown, add the eggs to the pan. The egg mixture will begin to set on the bottom within 30 seconds. Begin to pull in the sides with a wooden spoon, spatula, fork or chopstick to allow the raw egg to run underneath the thin sheet of cooked egg. Repeat this step two or three times until most of the egg bottom is set, while the surface remains moist and creamy. This is the time to place your filling onto the egg. Tilt the pan forward, forcing the egg against the side of the pan. Start to roll the cooked side of the egg over the creamy side – and the filling, if you’ve added it. Repeat the rolling gesture quickly until the cooked side has rolled back upon itself to create a plump oval seared on the outside with creamy layers within. A classic finish to an omelet is to draw a piece of sweet butter over its surface.
Pantry Packing For The Grill From Jim Tarantino
Pantry Packing for the Grill
The usual Suspects: Hey gang, if we want to have some fun with this we can turn this show in a version of CSI – Cuisine Scene Investigating, but not having any of these ingredients in your pantry is the closet thing you can get to criminal intent.
A pantry doesn’t have to be rogues’ gallery of every variation of hot sauce or flavored mustard. Typically the majority of marinades, rubs, and glazes can be pulled together with a collection of about ten or so repeat offenders along with a lineup of some known accomplices. You can take these ingredients on the lam if you want to hole up in your cabin, shore house, or galley. Here are some of the usual suspects that should be on your most wanted list:
Extra Virgin Olive Oil: Don’t let the virgin thing fool you; this oil has been around the grill more than a few times. Olive oil, a signature ingredient for Mediterranean recipes, has even been assimilated into Latino cuisine. You can use some lesser grades to oil the grill. Cold-pressed extra virgin olive oil will make recipes bloom, but it has a short shelf life unless it hides out in a cool, dark place.
Balsamic vinegar: Likes to pair off with olive oil and get involved in numerous savory capers. The way tell the real deal from a fugazi is by the words balaimico tradizionale and the price. You can simmer balsamic vinegar in a non-reactive sauce pan and reduce it to syrup to sweeten up a glaze or drizzle over grilled fish.
Soy Sauce (A/K/A Tamari Sauce): Light and dark soy sauces refer to flavor and color, not salt content. Buy soy in the smallest glass bottles you can find. Once opened, refrigerate for up to three months, as the flavor dips and its salty disposition becomes more concentrated.
Dried spices: Cumin, coriander, whole cinnamon and cardamom. This spice crew is dangerous in large amounts. The like to hang out with Asian cartels but some of them are known get involved with Latin and Middle Eastern capers. Spices taste best when toasted whole and then ground. Although they’re good for long stretches, check the dates on your spices to see if they’ve served their time.
Coarse grain or sea salts: Coarse grain has nothing do with manners but more to do with flavor. A sprinkle of salt can heighten other flavors. Salt becomes the heavy when it’s hiding bad ingredients, especially in processed food. Iodized table salt is just a wanabee.
Assorted whole peppercorns: Coarsely cracked mixed peppercorn rubs are worn by some of the snazziest beef tenderloins and tuna steaks in town. Cracked peppercorns, along with some fresh citrus juice and zest, love to sleep with the fishes, grilled fish that is. But pre-ground pepper is like spicy sawdust that you shouldn’t feed to reservoir dogs, let alone your guests.
Hot Sauces: Some of the names on these labels sound like biker bars, and what’s inside has the same flare-up attitude. Just a few shakes will have your recipe packing some serious heat. Folks with Kevlar vests for palates like the shotgun approach and will splash it on just about anything they grill, including the pineapple.
Mustards wet and dry: Mustard is one of the smartest ingredients in the pantry. It is a condiment, a flavoring agent or spice, and an emulsifier. Dried mustard adds a fair amount of pizzazz to rubs. Dijon-style and dark grain can work well on grilled sausages, and can hang out with fresh orange juice and zest and other ingredients in marinades.
Turbinado sugar: This is one sugar that can take the heat and withstand higher grilling temperatures, and should be your sugar of choice in rubs or glazes. You can substitute demerara sugar, light brown sugar, or raw sugar.
Maple Syrup and Honey: Maple syrup or a nice honey can calm the sour temperament of citrus and the bitterness of some fresh herbs. It has the mediating talents of a flavorful consigliere when it pals around with bourbon and Dijon-style mustard in a marinade or a glaze.
And keep an “all points bulletin” out for:
Sherry Vinegar: Sherry Vinegar sounds like a nightclub singer with a sour disposition but when you want something a little more assertive than balsamic vinegar; this is the vinegar to wink at. It flirts with a sly sweetness but can really have you puckering up for more.
Salt packed anchovies: Anchovies packed in olive oil seem to leave their flavor at home when you want something to taste like it’s on the waterfront. Salt packed anchovies need to be soaked for 15 or 20 minutes to unlock their flavor, and they taste less salty than oil-packed anchovies.
Spirits: Dry sherry, bourbon, brandy, cognac, sour mash whiskey, crème de cassis or rum.
While that may sound like a lot of hooch, a tablespoon or two of any of these spirits will give a marinade or glaze some sweetened depth. Small bottles that you see on planes and behind the counter in liquor stores are a good way of sampling a lot for less.
Pomegranate Molasses: Pomegranate molasses adds real muscle to glazes. It’s a double barrel blast of sweet and tart flavors. While it has some Middle East connections, you can find it in most well stocked supermarkets. While your scouting for it, keep an eye out for its Asian cousin kecap manis.
Pimentón: Sometimes referred to as Spanish paprika. This is the smoking gun in chorizo, and you can use this as a touch of smoke in your recipes without burning wood. Don’t grill a scallop without it.
Chipotles: These are jalapeños who look as though they’ve done some serious time. They look old and wrinkled, and the canned version in adobo sauce looks as though it’s constantly soused. Dried chipotle packs a little more heat and a little less smoke than its Spanish cousin, pimentón and can really shake up any rub. Using a pureed chipotle in adobe in a marinade or barbecue sauce results in some pungent combustion.
Dried Chiles: Technically, chipotles and pimentón are part of this crowd, but their smoking sets them at a distance from the other chiles. Dried chiles like ancho, New Mexican, cayenne, and bird (Thai) can run the Scoville scale. They should be ground with a dedicated spice grinder. Avoid pre-ground non-descriptive chile powder. It’s usually untraceable and you end up shooting blanks.
Tamarind: Milder than lemon and sweeter than vinegar, this souring agent likes go undercover in marinades and tropical glazes. Tamarind pulp often gets itself into hot water when cooks are after its goods.
Wasabi powder: Use the powder directly in marinades to give a floral or an herbal heat. The powder comes on strong like a yakuza, but has a short shelf life once opened. Avoid wasabi in a tube; it has less punch and no heat. You can substitute freshly grated horseradish instead.
Asian Spice blends: Five-Spice Powder, Togarashi, Curry, or Garam Masala. Asian spices tend to run in spicy packs. Any of these spice gangs can be made up of five or more members. Spicy with these groups does not necessarily mean hot.
Rice Wine Vinegar: Rice wine vinegar is like white wine vinegar on probation. It behaves itself, and is not that aggressive when mixing it up with sake, soy, or mirin. It’s probably the softest of all vinegars available. If you want something stronger, look at Chinese black vinegar. It’s made from wheat, millet, and grains, and is aged like its Italian cousin balsamic vinegar.
There’s not a lot crooked about the Maple-Pomegranate Glaze. These three ingredients are an irrepressible flavor spree that can glaze over salmon, shrimp, chicken breasts, pork loins and chops, along with baby back and spare ribs. In fact they take on accessories to the fact like a tablespoon or two of bourbon, cognac, or Jack Daniels. You can also add a tablespoon of your favorite rub or a pureed chipotle adobo.
Home
About Us
Yin-Yang
Listen
Gallery
Kitchen Cabinet
Recipes
Store
Contact
Copyright © 2009 Food Guy and Marcy